| [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
|
This manual documents contributing to LilyPond version 2.21.3. It discusses technical issues and policies that contributors should follow. This manual is not intended to be read sequentially; new contributors should only read the sections which are relevant to them. For more information about different jobs, see (contributor-big-page)Help us section ‘Help us’ in Contributor’s Guide. |
|
For more information about how this manual fits with the other documentation, or to read this manual in other formats, see (web-big-page)Manuals section ‘Manuals’ in General Information. If you are missing any manuals, the complete documentation can be found at http://lilypond.org/. |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This chapter presents a quick overview of ways that people can help LilyPond.
| 1.1 Help us | ||
| 1.2 Overview of work flow | ||
| 1.3 Summary for experienced developers | ||
| 1.4 Mentors |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Thank you for your interest in helping us — we would love to see you get involved! Your contribution will help a large group of users make beautifully typeset music.
Even working on small tasks can have a big impact: taking care of them allows experienced developers work on advanced tasks, instead of spending time on those simple tasks.
For a multi-faceted project like LilyPond, sometimes it’s tough to know where to begin. In addition to the avenues proposed below, you can send an e-mail to the lilypond-devel@gnu.org mailing list, and we’ll help you to get started.
No programming skills required!
/latest/ or
/stable/,
which are automatically redirected.)
These jobs generally require that you have the source code and can compile LilyPond.
Note: We suggest that contributors using Windows or MacOS X do not attempt to set up their own development environment; instead, use Lilydev as discussed in (contributor-big-page)Quick start section ‘Quick start’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Contributors using Linux or FreeBSD may also use Lilydev, but if they prefer their own development environment, they should read (contributor-big-page)Working with source code section ‘Working with source code’ in Contributor’s Guide, and (contributor-big-page)Compiling section ‘Compiling’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Begin by reading (contributor-big-page)Summary for experienced developers section ‘Summary for experienced developers’ in Contributor’s Guide.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Advanced note: Experienced developers should skip to Summary for experienced developers.
Git is a version control system that tracks the history of a program’s source code. The LilyPond source code is maintained as a Git repository, which contains:
The ‘official’ LilyPond Git repository is hosted by the GNU Savannah software forge at https://git.sv.gnu.org. The server provides two separate interfaces for viewing the LilyPond Git repository online: cgit and gitweb.
However, the main development takes place at
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/, which also hosts the
project’s issues. Automatic mirroring ensures that ‘important’
branches (such as master and stable/*) are up-to-date
on the ‘official’ repository at GNU Savannah, so you can also base
your development on a clone from there.
Compiling (‘building’) LilyPond allows developers to see how changes to the source code affect the program itself. Compiling is also needed to package the program for specific operating systems or distributions. LilyPond can be compiled from a local Git repository (for developers), or from a downloaded tarball (for packagers). Compiling LilyPond is a rather involved process, and most contributor tasks do not require it.
Contributors can contact the developers through the ‘lilypond-devel’ mailing list. The mailing list archive is located at http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/. If you have a question for the developers, search the archives first to see if the issue has already been discussed. Otherwise, send an email to lilypond-devel@gnu.org. You can subscribe to the developers’ mailing list here: http://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/lilypond-devel.
Note: Contributors on Windows or MacOS X wishing to compile code or documentation are strongly advised to use our Debian LilyPond Developer Remix, as discussed in Quick start.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you are already familiar with typical open-source tools, here’s what you need to know:
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git |
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/ |
master:
always base your work from this branch, but never push directly
to it. Instead, use GitLab to merge changes after they have passed
automatic testing (see below).
translation:
Translators should base their work on this branch only and push any
translation patches directly to it as well.
dev/foo:
feel free to push any new branch name under dev/.
.ly files that are used to track LilyPond’s engraving output
between released stable and unstable versions as well as checked for all
patches submitted for testing.
If a patch introduces any unintentional changes to any of the regtests it is very likely it will be rejected (to be fixed) – always make sure that, if you expect any regression test changes, that they are explained clearly as part of the patch description when submitting for testing. For more information see Regression tests.
make check,
make, make doc – the tracker will be
updated and the patch’s status will change to Patch::review
for other developers to examine.
Patch::countdown); set back to
Patch::needs_work; or if more discussion is needed, left at
Patch::review. In all cases the merge request will be updated by
the Patch Meister accordingly.
Patch::countdown status will be changed to Patch::push, the
merge request is updated, and the developer can now rebase and merge to
the master branch (or ask one of the other developers to merge it
for you).
Advanced note: This process does means that most patches will take about a
week before finally being merged into master. With the limited
resources for reviewing patches available and a history of unintended
breakages in the master branch (from patches that have
not had time to be reviewed properly), this is the best compromise we
have found.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We have a semi-formal system of mentorship, similar to the medieval “journeyman/master” training system. New contributors will have a dedicated mentor to help them “learn the ropes”.
Note: This is subject to the availability of mentors; certain jobs have more potential mentors than others.
Hey there, How are things going? If you sent a patch and got a review, do you know what you need to fix? If you sent a patch but have no reviews yet, do you know when you will get reviews? If you are working on a patch, what step(s) are you working on? |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Want to submit a patch for LilyPond? Great! Never created a patch before? Never compiled software before? No problem! This chapter is for you and will help you do this as quickly and easily as possible.
| 2.1 LilyDev | ||
| 2.2 Compiling with LilyDev | ||
| 2.3 Now start work! |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: The following sections are based on LilyDev v2 and are not necessarily correct for different releases.
“LilyDev” is a custom GNU/Linux operating system which includes all the necessary software and tools to compile LilyPond, the documentation and the website (also see Website work). It is also prepared for building the Grand Unified Builder (GUB), though this is an involved process and may require further tweaking.
While compiling LilyPond on Mac OS and Windows is possible, both environments are complex to set up. LilyDev can be easily run inside a ‘virtual machine’ on either of these operating systems relatively easily using readily available virtualization software. We recommend using VirtualBox as it is available for all major operating systems and is very easy to install & configure.
LilyDev comes in two ‘flavours’: containers and a standard disk image. Windows or Mac OS users should choose the Debian disk image (to be run in a virtual machine), that is the file named ‘LilyDev-VERSION-debian-vm.zip’. GNU/Linux users are recommended to choose one of the containers (currently Debian or Fedora), which are smaller in size, lightweight and easier to manage. The Fedora disk image has currently not been released, you can create it from the sources located in the ‘/mkosi’ subdirectory of the LilyDev repository, however.
Download the appropriate file from here:
https://github.com/fedelibre/LilyDev/releases/latest |
Note: Apart from installing and configuring LilyDev in VirtualBox, the rest of the chapter assumes that you are comfortable using the command-line and is intended for users who may have never created a patch or compiled software before. More experienced developers (who prefer to use their own development environment) may still find it instructive to skim over the following information.
If you are not familiar with GNU/Linux, it may be beneficial to read a few “introduction to Linux” type web pages.
| Installing LilyDev in VirtualBox | ||
| Configuring LilyDev in VirtualBox |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This section discusses how to install and use LilyDev with VirtualBox.
Note: If you already know how to install a virtual machine using a disc image inside VirtualBox (or your own virtualization software) then you can skip this section.
http://www.virtualbox.org/wiki/Downloads |
Note: In virtualization terminology, the operating system where VirtualBox is installed is known as the host. LilyDev will be installed ‘inside’ VirtualBox as a guest.
sha256sum -c SHA256SUMS |
For Windows, look for the tools FCIV or certutil
to compute the archive’s hash.
PATH or call it from your
VirtualBox installation directory:
VBoxManage convertfromraw LilyDev-VERSION-debian-vm.img \ LilyDev-VERSION-debian-vm.vdi |
Note: You need a fair amount of disk space (around 30GB) to extract the raw image. After converting to a dynamic VirtualBox image it will take up much less space (only the amount of space that is actually allocated by the guest filesystem)
The ‘New Virtual Machine Wizard’ walks you through setting up your guest virtual machine. Choose an appropriate name for your LilyDev installation and select the ‘Linux’ operating system. When selecting the ‘version’ choose ‘Debian (64-bit)’. If you do not have that specific option choose ‘Linux 2.6/3.x/4.x (64-bit)’.
dev user then; type the password lilypond.
Before starting any work, be sure to complete the next steps.
Note: Since the default keyboard layout is US (American), you may have to type the password differently if you are using another layout, like ‘lilzpond’ on a German keyboard, for example.
passwd.
sudo dpkg-reconfigure keyboard-configuration |
Note: You need superuser rights to change certain aspects of the
system configuration. The sudo tool allows to gain superuser
rights temporarily. It does show you a warning message on its first
use that reminds you to use your extended rights carefully.
At first, you are prompted for the model of your keyboard. Press Enter to show further models. In most cases, it is sufficient to choose ‘Generic, 105 keys’. After that, choose your keyboard layout. Now, you can customize the function of your <AltGr> key. Normally, the default layout settings fit well, so take number 1. The same holds for the question of whether you want to configure a ‘compose’ key. At last, you are asked if you want to configure <Ctrl+Alt+Backspace> as a shortcut to terminate the X server. Presumably, you do not need this, so you can safely type ‘no’.
sudo dpkg-reconfigure locales |
Note: Restarting is required in order to take the changes into effect.
./setup.sh to run the interactive script
that does set up git and downloads all the repositories needed to build
LilyPond.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Some longtime contributors have reported that ‘shared folders’ are rarely useful and not worth the fuss, particularly since files can be shared over a network instead.
Ctrl+Shift+v.
Not all hardware is supported in all virtualization tools. In particular, some contributors have reported problems with USB network adapters. If you have problems with network connection (for example Internet connection in the host system is lost when you launch virtual system), try installing and running LilyDev with your computer’s built-in network adapter used to connect to the network. Refer to the help documentation that comes with your virtualization software.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyDev is our custom GNU/Linux which contains all the necessary dependencies to do LilyPond development; for more information, see LilyDev.
To prepare the build directory, enter (or copy&paste) the below text. This should take less than a minute.
cd $LILYPOND_GIT sh autogen.sh --noconfigure mkdir -p build/ cd build/ ../configure |
lilypondCompiling LilyPond will take anywhere between 1 and 15 minutes on most ‘modern’ computers – depending on CPU and available RAM. We also recommend that you minimize the terminal window while it is building; this can help speed up on compilation times.
cd $LILYPOND_GIT/build/ make |
It is possible to run make with the -j option to help
speed up compilation times even more. See Compiling LilyPond
You may run the compiled lilypond with:
cd $LILYPOND_GIT/build/ out/bin/lilypond my-file.ly |
Compiling the documentation is a much more involved process, and will likely take 2 to 10 hours.
cd $LILYPOND_GIT/build/ make make doc |
The documentation is put in ‘out-www/offline-root/’. You may view the html files by entering the below text; we recommend that you bookmark the resulting page:
firefox $LILYPOND_GIT/build/out-www/offline-root/index.html |
Don’t. There is no reason to install LilyPond within LilyDev. All development work can (and should) stay within the ‘$LILYPOND_GIT’ directory, and any personal composition or typesetting work should be done with an official GUB release.
To select different build options, or isolate certain parts of the build, or to use multiple CPUs while building, read Compiling.
In particular, contributors working on the documentation should be aware of some bugs in the build system, and should read the workarounds in Generating documentation.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyDev users may now skip to the chapter which is aimed at their intended contributions:
These chapters are mainly intended for people not using LilyDev, but they contain extra information about the “behind-the-scenes” activities. We recommend that you read these at your leisure, a few weeks after beginning work with LilyDev.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: New contributors should read Quick start instead of this chapter.
Advanced contributors will find this material quite useful, particularly if they are working on major new features.
| 3.1 Starting with Git | ||
| 3.2 Basic Git procedures | ||
| 3.3 Advanced Git procedures | ||
| 3.4 Git on Windows | ||
| 3.5 Repository directory structure | ||
| 3.6 Other Git documentation |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 3.1.1 Setting up | ||
| 3.1.2 Git for the impatient | ||
| 3.1.3 Other repositories | ||
| 3.1.4 Downloading remote branches |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: These instructions assume that you are using the command-line version of Git 1.5 or higher. Windows users should skip to Git on Windows.
| Installing Git | ||
| Initializing a repository | ||
| Configuring Git |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you are using a Unix-based machine, the easiest way to download
and install Git is through a package manager such as rpm
or apt-get – the installation is generally automatic.
The only required package is (usually) called git-core,
although some of the auxiliary git* packages are
also useful (such as gitk).
Alternatively, you can visit the Git website (http://git-scm.com/) for downloadable binaries and tarballs.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Once Git is installed, get a copy of the source code:
git clone git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git ~/lilypond-git |
The above command will put the it in ‘~/lilypond-git’, where
~ represents your home directory.
This creates (within the ‘$LILYPOND_GIT’ directory) a subdirectory called ‘.git/’, which Git uses to keep track of changes to the repository, among other things. Normally you don’t need to access it, but it’s good to know it’s there.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: Throughout the rest of this manual, all command-line input should be entered from the top directory of the Git repository being discussed (eg. ‘$LILYPOND_GIT’). This is referred to as the top source directory.
Before working with the copy of the main LilyPond repository, you
should configure some basic settings with the
git config command. Git allows you to set both
global and repository-specific options.
To configure settings that affect all repositories, use the ‘--global’ command line option. For example, the first two options that you should always set are your name and email, since Git needs these to keep track of commit authors:
git config --global user.name "John Smith" git config --global user.email john@example.com |
To configure Git to use colored output where possible, use:
git config --global color.ui auto |
The text editor that opens when using git commit
can also be changed. If none of your editor-related environment
variables are set ($GIT_EDITOR, $VISUAL, or $EDITOR), the default
editor is usually vi or vim. If you’re not
familiar with either of these, you should probably change the
default to an editor that you know how to use. For example, to
change the default editor to nano, enter:
git config --global core.editor nano |
Finally, and in some ways most importantly, let’s make sure that
we can easily see the state of our working copy, without the need
of typing git status repeatedly. If you’re not using
LilyDev, add the following lines to your ‘~/.bashrc’:
export PS1="\u@\h \w\$(__git_ps1)$ " export GIT_PS1_SHOWDIRTYSTATE=true export GIT_PS1_SHOWUNTRACKEDFILES=true export GIT_PS1_SHOWUPSTREAM=auto
The first line will show the branch we’re on. The other lines will use some symbols next to the branch name to indicate some kind of state. “*” means that there are unstaged changes, “+” indicates staged changes; if there are untracked files, a “%” will appear. Finally, we can also see if our HEAD is behind (“<”) or ahead (“>”) of its upstream, and if they have diverged (“<>”) or they are synced (“=”).
You may need to install the additional bash-completion
package, but it is definitely worth it. After installation
you must log out, and then log back in again to enable it.
Git stores the information entered with
git config --global in the file
‘.gitconfig’, located in your home directory. This file can
also be modified directly, without using
git config. The ‘.gitconfig’ file generated
by the above commands would look like this:
[user]
name = John Smith
email = john@example.com
[color]
ui = auto
[core]
editor = nano
|
Using the git config command without the
‘--global’ option configures repository-specific settings,
which are stored in the file ‘.git/config’. This file is
created when a repository is initialized (using
git init), and by default contains these lines:
[core]
repositoryformatversion = 0
filemode = true
bare = false
logallrefupdates = true
|
However, since different repository-specific options are recommended for different development tasks, it is best to avoid setting any now. Specific recommendations will be mentioned later in this manual.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Advanced note: The intent of this subsection is to get you working on lilypond as
soon as possible. If you want to learn about git, go read
Other Git documentation.
Also, these instructions are designed to eliminate the most common
problems we have found in using git. If you already know Git and
have a different way of working, great! Feel free to ignore the
advice in this subsection.
Since our review process delays patches by 60-120 hours, and you want to be able to work on other stuff while your previous work is getting reviewed, you’re going to use branches.
You can think of a branch as being a separate copy of the source code. But don’t worry about it.
Let’s pretend you want to add a section to the Contributor’s Guide about using branches.
Start by updating the repository, then making a new branch. Call
the branch anything you want as long as the name starts with
dev/. Branch names that don’t begin with dev/ are
reserved for special things in lilypond.
git checkout master git pull -r origin master git branch dev/cg |
Nothing has happened to the files yet. Let’s change into the new branch. You can think of this as “loading a file”, although in this case it’s really “loading a directory and subdirectories full of files”.
git checkout dev/cg |
Your prompt now shows you that you’re on the other branch:
gperciva@LilyDev:~/lilypond-git (dev/cg)$ |
To be able to manage multiple lilypond issues at once, you’ll need to switch branches. You should have each lilypond issue on a separate branch. Switching branches is easy:
git checkout master git checkout origin/release/unstable git checkout dev/cg |
Branches that begin with origin/ are part of the remote repository,
rather than your local repository, so when you check them out you get a
temporary local branch. You should never make changes directly on a
branch beginning with origin/. You get changes into the remote
repository by making them in local branches, and then Merging to master.
Edit files, then commit them.
git commit -a |
Remember how I said that switching to a branch was like “loading a directory”? Well, you’ve just “saved a directory”, so that you can “load” it later.
Advanced note: If you have used cvs or svn, you may
be very confused: those programs use “commit” to mean
“upload my changes to the shared source repository”.
Unfortunately, just to be different, git commit
means “save my changes to the files”.
When you create a new file, you need to add it to git, then commit it:
git add input/regression/avoid-crash-on-condition.ly git commit -a |
Edit more files. Commit them again. Edit yet more files, commit
them again. Go eat dinner. Switch to master so you can
play with the latest changes from other developers. Switch back
to your branch and edit some more. Commit those changes.
At this stage, don’t worry about how many commits you have.
Branches are nerve-wracking until you get used to them. You can save your hard work as individual ‘.patch’ files. Be sure to commit your changes first.
git commit -a git format-patch master |
I personally have between 4 and 20 of those files saved in a special folder at any point in time. Git experts might laugh as that behavior, but I feel a lot better knowing that I’ve got those backups.
After committing, you can update your branch with the latest master:
git commit -a git checkout master git pull -r origin master git checkout dev/cg git rebase master |
Due to the speed of lilypond development, sometimes
master has changed so much that your branch can no
longer be applied to it. In that happens, you will have a merge
conflict. Stop for a moment to either cry or have a stiff drink,
then proceed to Merge conflicts.
Finally, you’re finished your changes. Time to upload for review. Make sure that you’re on your branch, then upload:
git checkout dev/cg git push ... |
Afterwards create a merge request to indicate the branch is ready for review.
While you’re waiting for a countdown and reviews, go back to
master, make a dev/doc-beams branch, and start adding doc
suggestions from issue 12345 from the tracker. Or make a
dev/page-breaks and fix bug in page breaking. Or whatever.
Don’t worry, your dev/cg is safe.
Does the history of your branch look good?
gitk |
If you have a lot of commits on your branch, you might want to combine some of them. Alternately, you may like your commits, but want to edit the commit messages.
git rebase -i master |
Follow instructions on the screen.
Note: This step gives you the power to completely lose your
work. Make a backup of your commits by saving them to
‘.patch’ files before playing with this. If you do lose
your work, don’t despair. You can get it back by using git reflog.
The use of git reflog is not covered here.
Note: If any of the commits on your branch represents partial
work that will not pass make && make doc, you must
squash these commits into a working commit. Otherwise, your push
will break automatic testing and will not be able to be merged to
master. In general, you will be safer to have one commit
per push.
When you’ve got the coveted Patch::push status, time to
merge your changes as described in Merging to master.
After the merge request has passed testing and was merged to
master, you can update and then try removing your branch:
git checkout master git pull -r origin master git branch -d dev/cg |
The last command will fail if the commit hashes of dev/cg
are not present in origin/master. This can be because
you used GitLab to rebase your branch, which modifies the commit
data and changes the hash. If you are sure that the branch is not
needed anymore, replace the -d on the final line with a
-D instead.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We have a few other code repositories.
| lilypond-extra | ||
| Grand Unified Builder (GUB) | ||
| LilyPad | ||
| yet more repositories |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There is a separate repository for general administrative scripts,
as well as pictures and media files for the website. People
interested in working on the website should download this
repository, and set their $LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT
environment variable to point to that repository.
https://github.com/gperciva/lilypond-extra |
To configure an environment variable in bash (the default for most GNU/Linux distributions),
export LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT=$HOME/dir/of/lilypond-extra/ |
Be aware that lilypond-extra is the definitive source for some binary
files - in particular PDF versions of papers concerning LilyPond. To add
further PDFs of this sort, all that is necessary is to add the PDF to
lilypond-extra and then add a reference to it in the documentation. The
file will then be copied to the website when make website is run.
However, pictures that are also used in the documentation build are mastered in
the main git repository. If any of these is changed, it should be updated in
git, and then the updates copied to lilypond-extra.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Another item of interest might be the Grand Unified Builder, our cross-platform building tool. Since it is used by other projects as well, it is not stored in our gub repository. For more info, see https://lilypond.org/gub.
The location for the repository is:
http://github.com/gperciva/gub |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Our binary releases on MacOS X and Windows contain a lightweight text editor.
To make any modifications the Windows editor, you will need to do the following:
https://github.com/gperciva/lilypad
MinGW provides both a Git installation and a gcc
compiler. This can be obtained from http://www.mingw.org/
git push https://UserName@github.com/gperciva/lilypad.git |
You will need to have push access to the git repository for this to be successful.
https://lilypond.org/downloads/gub-sources/lilypad/.
You will need to have SSH access to lilypond.org. If you do not, contact
the Release Manager via the lilypond-devel mailing list.
source = line to point to
the new source.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are a few other repositories floating around, which will hopefully be documented in the near future.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: contains obsolete + misleading info
| Organization of remote branches | ||
| LilyPond repository sources | ||
| Downloading individual branches | ||
| Downloading all remote branches | ||
| Other branches |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The main LilyPond repository is organized into branches to facilitate development. These are often called remote branches to distinguish them from local branches you might create yourself (see Using local branches).
The master branch contains all the source files used to
build LilyPond, which includes the program itself (both stable and
development releases), the documentation (and its translations),
and the website. Generally, the master branch is expected
to compile successfully.
The translation branch is a side branch that
allows translators to work without needing to worry about
compilation problems. Periodically, the Translation Meister
(after verifying that it doesn’t break compilation), will
merge this branch into master to incorporate
recent translations. Similarly, the master branch is
usually merged into the translation branch after
significant changes to the English documentation. See
Translating the documentation for details.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The recommended source for downloading a copy of the main repository is:
git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git |
However, if your internet router filters out connections using the GIT protocol, or if you experience difficulty connecting via GIT, you can try these other sources:
ssh://git.sv.gnu.org/srv/git/lilypond.git http://git.sv.gnu.org/r/lilypond.git |
The SSH protocol can only be used if your system is properly set up to use it. Also, the HTTP protocol is slowest, so it should only be used as a last resort.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: obsolete, should be deleted!
Once you have initialized an empty Git repository on your system (see Initializing a repository), you can download a remote branch into it. Make sure you know which branch you want to start with.
To download the master branch, enter the following:
git remote add -ft master -m master \ origin git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/ |
To download the translation branch, enter:
git remote add -ft translation -m \ translation origin git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/ |
The git remote add process could take up to
ten minutes, depending on the speed of your connection. The
output will be something like this:
Updating origin remote: Counting objects: 235967, done. remote: Compressing objects: 100% (42721/42721), done. remote: Total 235967 (delta 195098), reused 233311 (delta 192772) Receiving objects: 100% (235967/235967), 68.37 MiB | 479 KiB/s, done. Resolving deltas: 100% (195098/195098), done. From git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond * [new branch] master -> origin/master From git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond * [new tag] flower/1.0.1 -> flower/1.0.1 * [new tag] flower/1.0.10 -> flower/1.0.10 â‹® * [new tag] release/2.9.6 -> release/2.9.6 * [new tag] release/2.9.7 -> release/2.9.7 |
When git remote add is finished, the remote
branch should be downloaded into your repository—though not yet
in a form that you can use. In order to browse the source code
files, you need to create and checkout your own
local branch. In this case, however, it is easier to have Git
create the branch automatically by using the checkout
command on a non-existent branch. Enter the following:
git checkout -b branch origin/branch |
where branch is the name of your tracking branch,
either master or translation.
Git will issue some warnings; this is normal:
warning: You appear to be on a branch yet to be born. warning: Forcing checkout of origin/master. Branch master set up to track remote branch master from origin. Already on 'master' |
By now the source files should be accessible—you should be able to edit any files in the ‘$LILYPOND_GIT’ directory using a text editor of your choice. But don’t start just yet! Before editing any source files, learn how to keep your changes organized and prevent problems later—read Basic Git procedures.
The git remote add command should add some
lines to your local repository’s ‘.git/config’ file:
[remote "origin"]
url = git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/
fetch = +refs/heads/master:refs/remotes/origin/master
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To download all remote branches at once, you can clone
the entire repository:
git clone git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Most contributors will never need to touch the other branches. If you wish to do so, you will need more familiarity with Git; please see Other Git documentation.
dev/XYZ:
These branches are for individual developers. They store code
which is not yet stable enough to be added to the master
branch.
stable/XYZ:
The branches are kept for archival reasons.
archive/XYZ:
The branches are kept for archival reasons.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 3.2.1 The Git contributor’s cycle | ||
| 3.2.2 Pulling and rebasing | ||
| 3.2.3 Using local branches | ||
| 3.2.4 Commits | ||
| 3.2.5 Patches | ||
| 3.2.6 Uploading a patch for review | ||
| 3.2.7 The patch review cycle |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Here is a simplified view of the contribution process on Git:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When developers push new patches to the git.sv.gnu.org
repository, your local repository is not automatically
updated. It is important to keep your repository up-to-date by
periodically pulling the most recent commits from
the remote branch. Developers expect patches to be as current as
possible, since outdated patches require extra work before they
can be used.
Occasionally you may need to rework some of your own modifications to match changes made to the remote branch (see Resolving conflicts), and it’s considerably easier to rework things incrementally. If you don’t update your repository along the way, you may have to spend a lot of time resolving branch conflicts and reconfiguring much of the work you’ve already done.
Fortunately, Git is able to resolve certain types of branch
conflicts automatically with a process called rebasing.
When rebasing, Git tries to modify your old commits so they appear
as new commits (based on the latest updates). For a more involved
explanation, see the git-rebase man page.
To pull without rebasing (recommended for translators), use the following command:
git pull # recommended for translators |
If you’re tracking the remote master branch, you should add
the ‘-r’ option (short for ‘--rebase’) to keep commits
on your local branch current:
git pull -r # use with caution when translating |
If you don’t edit translated documentation and don’t want to type ‘-r’ every time, configure the master branch to rebase by default with this command:
git config branch.master.rebase true |
If pull fails because of a message like
error: Your local changes to 'Documentation/learning/tutorial.itely' would be overwritten by merge. Aborting. |
or
Documentation/learning/tutorial.itely: needs update refusing to pull with rebase: your working tree is not up-to-date |
it means that you have modified some files in you working tree
without committing changes (see Commits); you
can use the git stash command to work around this:
git stash # save uncommitted changes git pull -r # pull using rebase (translators omit "-r") git stash pop # reapply previously saved changes |
Note that git stash pop will try to apply a
patch, and this may create a conflict. If this happens, see
Resolving conflicts.
TODO: I think the next paragraph is confusing. Perhaps prepare the reader for new terms ‘committish’ and ‘head’? -mp
Note: translators and documentation editors, if you have
changed committishes in the head of translated files using commits
you have not yet pushed to git.sv.gnu.org, please do not
rebase. If you want to avoid wondering whether you should rebase
each time you pull, please always use committishes from master
and/or translation branch on git.sv.gnu.org, which
in particular implies that you must push your changes to
documentation except committishes updates (possibly after having
rebased), then update the committishes and push them.
TODO: when committishes automatic conditional update have been tested and documented, append the following to the warning above: Note that using update-committishes make target generally touches committishes.
The git config command mentioned above adds the
line rebase = true to the master branch in your local
repository’s ‘.git/config’ file:
[branch "master"]
remote = origin
merge = refs/heads/master
rebase = true
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Creating and removing branches | ||
| Listing branches and remotes | ||
| Checking out branches | ||
| Merging branches |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Local branches are useful when you’re working on several different projects concurrently. To create a new branch, enter:
git branch name |
To delete a branch, enter:
git branch -d name |
Git will ask you for confirmation if it sees that data would be lost by deleting the branch. Use ‘-D’ instead of ‘-d’ to bypass this. Note that you cannot delete a branch if it is currently checked out.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
You can get the exact path or URL of all remote branches by running:
git remote -v |
To list Git branches on your local repositories, run
git branch # list local branches only git branch -r # list remote branches git branch -a # list all branches |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To know the currently checked out branch, i.e. the branch whose source files are present in your working tree, read the first line of the output of
git status |
The currently checked out branch is also marked with an asterisk
in the output of git branch.
You can check out another branch other_branch, i.e.
check out other_branch to the working tree, by
running
git checkout other_branch |
Note that it is possible to check out another branch while having
uncommitted changes, but it is not recommended unless you know
what you are doing; it is recommended to run git status
to check this kind of issue before checking out another branch.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To merge branch foo into branch bar,
i.e. to “add” all changes made in branch foo to
branch bar, run
git checkout bar git merge foo |
If any conflict happens, see Resolving conflicts.
There are common usage cases for merging: as a translator, you will
often want the Translations meister to merge master into
translation; on the other hand, the Translations meister wants
to merge translation into master whenever he has
checked that translation builds successfully.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Understanding commits | ||
| How to make a commit | ||
| Commit messages |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Technically, a commit is a single point in the history of a branch, but most developers use the term to mean a commit object, which stores information about a particular revision. A single commit can record changes to multiple source files, and typically represents one logical set of related changes (such as a bug-fix). You can list the ten most recent commits in your current branch with this command:
git log -10 --oneline |
If you’re using an older version of Git and get an ‘unrecognized argument’ error, use this instead:
git log -10 --pretty=oneline --abbrev-commit |
More interactive lists of the commits on the remote master
branch are available at
http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git;a=shortlog and
http://git.sv.gnu.org/cgit/lilypond.git/log/.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Once you have modified some source files in your working directory, you can make a commit with the following procedure:
git status |
to make sure you’re on the right branch, and to see which files have been modified, added or removed, etc. You may need to tell Git about any files you’ve added by running one of these:
git add file # add untracked file individually git add . # add all untracked files in current directory |
After git add, run git status again
to make sure you got everything. You may also need to modify
‘GNUmakefile’.
git diff HEAD |
The HEAD argument refers to the most recent commit on the
currently checked-out branch.
git commit -a |
The ‘-a’ is short for ‘--all’ which includes modified and deleted files, but only those newly created files that have previously been added.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When you run the git commit -a command, Git
automatically opens the default text editor so you can enter a
commit message. If you find yourself in a foreign editing
environment, you’re probably in vi or vim. If
you want to switch to an editor you’re more familiar with, quit by
typing :q! and pressing <Enter>. See
Configuring Git for instructions on changing the default
editor.
In any case, Git will open a text file for your commit message that looks like this:
# Please enter the commit message for your changes. Lines starting # with '#' will be ignored, and an empty message aborts the commit. # On branch master # Changes to be committed: # (use "git reset HEAD <file>..." to unstage) # # modified: working.itexi # |
Your commit message should begin with a one-line summary describing the change (no more than 50 characters long), and if necessary a blank line followed by several lines giving the details:
Doc: add Baerenreiter and Henle solo cello suites Added comparison of solo cello suite engravings to new essay with high-res images, fixed cropping on Finale example. |
Commit messages often start with a short prefix describing the general location of the changes.
Visit the links listed in Understanding commits for examples.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| How to make a patch | ||
| Emailing patches |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you want to share your changes with other contributors and developers, you need to generate patches from your commits. We prefer it if you follow the instructions in Uploading a patch for review. However, we present an alternate method here.
You should always run git pull -r (translators
should leave off the ‘-r’) before doing this to ensure that
your patches are as current as possible.
Once you have made one or more commits in your local repository, and pulled the most recent commits from the remote branch, you can generate patches from your local commits with the command:
git format-patch origin |
The origin argument refers to the remote tracking branch at
git.sv.gnu.org. This command generates a separate patch
for each commit that’s in the current branch but not in the remote
branch. Patches are placed in the current working directory and
will have names that look something like this:
0001-Doc-Fix-typos.patch 0002-Web-Remove-dead-links.patch â‹® |
Send an email (must be less than 64 KB) to lilypond-devel@gnu.org briefly explaining your work, with the patch files attached. Translators should send patches to translations@lilynet.net. After your patches are reviewed, the developers may push one or more of them to the main repository or discuss them with you.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The default x-diff MIME type associated with patch files
(i.e., files whose name ends in .patch) means that the
encoding of line endings may be changed from UNIX to DOS format
when they are sent as attachments. Attempting to apply such an
inadvertently altered patch will cause git to fail with a message
about ‘whitespace errors’.
The solution to such problems is surprisingly simple—just change
the default file extension of patches generated by git to end in
.txt, for example:
git config format.suffix '.patch.txt' |
This should cause email programs to apply the correct base64 encoding to attached patches.
If you receive a patch with DOS instead of UNIX line-endings, it
can be converted back using the dos2unix utility.
Lots of useful information on email complications with patches is provided on the Wine wiki at http://wiki.winehq.org/GitWine.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Any non-trivial change should be reviewed as a merge request:
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests |
Ensure your changes are committed in a separate branch, which should
differ from the reference branch to be used (usually
origin/master) by just the changes to be uploaded. Checkout the
branch with the changes:
git checkout some-branch-with-changes |
If the reference branch is to be origin/master, ensure that the
branch containing the changes is up-to-date with it. Use
git rebase or git pull -r to rebase the branch to
the head of origin/master. For example:
git pull -r origin master |
To upload a patch for review, the changes must be pushed. If you
have commit access, this may use a dev/ branch. Otherwise,
or at your convenience, you may use a private fork.
Afterwards create a merge request to start the review cycle. There are multiple options for this as outlined in GitLab’s documentation at https://docs.gitlab.com/ee/user/project/merge_requests/. This will also ask you for a message that will accompany your patch.
If you are not a member of the team and create the merge request from a fork, consider enabling the box to “Allow commits from members who can merge to the target branch”. This makes it possible for somebody with permissions to rebase your changes and merge them for you. Please refer to Merging to master for more details.
As revisions are made in response to comments, successive patch sets for the same issue can be uploaded by pushing to the same branch. GitLab automatically keeps track of all pushed commits and allows to compare revisions with each other.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Your patch will be available for reviews for the next few hours or
days. Three times a week, patches with no known problems are
gathered into a “patch countdown” and their status changed to
Patch::countdown. The countdown is a 48-hour waiting period
in which any final reviews or complaints should be made.
During the countdown, your patch may be set to
Patch::needs_work, indicating that you should fix something
(or at least discuss why the patch needs no modification). If no
problems are found, the patch will be set to patch-push.
Once a patch has Patch::push, it should be sent to your
mentor for uploading. If you have git push ability, look at
Merging to master.
Patch::new label to it.
make, make test, and make doc. Afterwards, the Patch
Meister manually runs make check to verify regression tests. If
both steps pass, the merge request is labelled Patch::review. On
failure, the status is updated to Patch::needs_work.
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?label_name[]=Patch%3A%3Areview |
Patch::needs_work and makes a comment
regarding the reason, referring to the comment if needed.
Patch::countdown. When saving the tracker item,
clear the “send email” box to prevent sending notification for
each patch.
PATCH: Countdown to 20130113 |
The text of the email sets the deadline for this countdown batch. At present, batches are done on Tuesday, Thursday and Sunday evenings.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This section is not necessary for normal contributors; these commands are presented for information for people interested in learning more about git.
It is possible to work with several branches on the same local Git
repository; this is especially useful for translators who may have
to deal with both translation and a stable branch,
e.g. stable/2.12.
Some Git commands are introduced first, then a workflow with several Git branches of LilyPond source code is presented.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To be filled in later, and/or moved to a different section. I just wanted to make sure that I had a stub ready somewhere.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A bit of Git vocabulary will be explained below. The following is only introductory; for a better understanding of Git concepts, you may wish to read Other Git documentation.
The git pull origin command above is just a
shortcut for this command:
git pull git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/ branch:origin/branch |
where branch is typically master or
translation; if you do not know or remember, see
Downloading remote branches to remember which commands you
issued or which source code you wanted to get.
A commit is a set of changes made to the sources; it also includes the committish of the parent commit, the name and e-mail of the author (the person who wrote the changes), the name and e-mail of the committer (the person who brings these changes into the Git repository), and a commit message.
A committish is the SHA1 checksum of a commit, a number made of 40 hexadecimal digits, which acts as the internal unique identifier for this commit. To refer to a particular revision, don’t use vague references like the (approximative) date, simply copy and paste the committish.
A branch is nothing more than a pointer to a particular commit, which is called the head of the branch; when referring to a branch, one often actually thinks about its head and the ancestor commits of the head.
Now we will explain the two last commands you used to get the source code from Git—see Downloading individual branches.
git remote add -ft branch -m branch \ origin git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/ git checkout -b branch origin/branch |
The git remote has created a branch called
origin/branch in your local Git repository. As this
branch is a copy of the remote branch web from git.sv.gnu.org
LilyPond repository, it is called a remote branch, and is
meant to track the changes on the branch from git.sv.gnu.org: it
will be updated every time you run
git pull origin or
git fetch origin.
The git checkout command has created a branch named
branch. At the beginning, this branch is identical
to origin/branch, but it will differ as soon as you
make changes, e.g. adding newly translated pages or editing some
documentation or code source file. Whenever you pull, you merge
the changes from origin/branch and
branch since the last pulling. If you do not have
push (i.e. “write”) access on git.sv.gnu.org, your
branch will always differ from
origin/branch. In this case, remember that other
people working like you with the remote branch branch
of git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/ (called
origin/branch on your local repository) know nothing
about your own branch: this means that whenever you
use a committish or make a patch, others expect you to take the
latest commit of origin/branch as a reference.
Finally, please remember to read the man page of every Git command you will find in this manual in case you want to discover alternate methods or just understand how it works.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Occasionally an update may result in conflicts – this happens when you and somebody else have modified the same part of the same file and git cannot figure out how to merge the two versions together. When this happens, you must manually merge the two versions.
If you need some documentation to understand and resolve
conflicts, see paragraphs How conflicts are presented and
How to resolve conflicts in git merge man page.
If all else fails, you can follow the instructions in Reverting all local changes. Be aware that this eliminates any changes you have made!
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Sometimes git will become hopelessly confused, and you just want to get back to a known, stable state. This command destroys any local changes you have made in the currently checked-out branch, but at least you get back to the current online version:
git reset --hard origin/master |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To fetch and check out a new branch named branch on
git.sv.gnu.org, run from top of the Git repository
git config --add remote.origin.fetch \ +refs/heads/branch:refs/remotes/origin/branch git checkout --track -b branch origin/branch |
After this, you can pull branch from git.sv.gnu.org
with:
git pull |
Note that this command generally fetches all branches you added
with git remote add (when you initialized the
repository) or git config --add, i.e. it
updates all remote branches from remote origin, then it
merges the remote branch tracked by the current branch into the
current branch. For example, if your current branch is
master, origin/master will be merged into
master.
If you play with several Git branches, e.g. master,
translation, stable/2.12), you may want to
have one source and build tree for each branch; this is possible
with subdirectories of your local Git repository, used as local
cloned subrepositories. To create a local clone for the branch
named branch, run
git checkout branch git clone -lsn . subdir cd subdir git reset --hard |
Note that subdir must be a directory name which does
not already exist. In subdir, you can use all Git
commands to browse revisions history, commit and uncommit changes;
to update the cloned subrepository with changes made on the main
repository, cd into subdir and run
git pull; to send changes made on the subrepository
back to the main repository, run git push from
subdir. Note that only one branch (the currently
checked out branch) is created in the subrepository by default; it
is possible to have several branches in a subrepository and do
usual operations (checkout, merge, create, delete...) on these
branches, but this possibility is not detailed here.
When you push branch from subdir to the
main repository, and branch is checked out in the
main repository, you must save uncommitted changes (see
git stash) and do
git reset --hard in the main repository in
order to apply pushed changes in the working tree of the main
repository.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The commands above don’t only bring you the latest version of the sources, but also the full history of revisions (revisions, also called commits, are changes made to the sources), stored in the ‘.git’ directory. You can browse this history with
git log # only shows the logs (author, committish and commit message) git log -p # also shows diffs gitk # shows history graphically |
Note: The gitk command may require a separate
gitk package, available in the appropriate distribution’s
repositories.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
TODO: Explain how to determine if a patch was created with
git format-patch.
Well-formed git patches created with git format-patch
should be committed with the following command:
git am patch |
Patches created without git format-patch can be
applied in two steps. The first step is to apply the patch to the
working tree and the index:
git apply --index patch |
The second step is to commit the changes and give credit to the author of the patch. This can be done with the following command:
git commit --author="John Smith <john@example.com>" |
Please note that using the --index option for patching is quite
important here and cannot reliably be replaced by using the
-a option when committing: that would only commit files from the
working tree that are already registered with git, so every file that
the patch actually adds, like a regtest for a fixed bug, would
get lost. For the same reason, you should not use the git-independent
‘patch’ program for applying patches.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you have been developing on your own branch for a while, you may have more commmits than is really sensible. To revise your work and condense commits, use:
git rebase origin/master git rebase -i origin/master |
Note: Be a bit cautious – if you completely remove commits during the interactive session, you will... err... completely remove those commits.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Most contributors are not able to commit patches directly to the main repository—only members of the LilyPond development team have commit access. If you are a contributor and are interested in joining the development team, contact the Project Manager through the mailing list (lilypond-devel@gnu.org). Generally, only contributors who have already provided a number of patches which have been pushed to the main repository will be considered for membership.
If you have been approved by the Project Manager, use the following procedure to obtain commit access:
Note that you will not have commit access until the Project Manager activates your membership. Once your membership is activated, LilyPond should appear under the heading “Groups” on your profile page.
git remote set-url origin git@gitlab.com:lilypond/lilypond.git |
git pull --verbose |
SSH should issue the following warning:
The authenticity of host 'gitlab.com' can't be established. ECDSA key fingerprint is SHA256:HbW3g8zUjNSksFbqTiUWPWg2Bq1x8xdGUrliXFzSnUw. Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no/[fingerprint])? |
Make sure the key fingerprint displayed matches the one above or one of the others published by GitLab. If it doesn’t, respond “no” and check that you configured Git properly in the previous step. If it does match, respond “yes”. SSH should then issue another warning:
Warning: Permanently added 'gitlab.com' (ECDSA) to the list of known hosts. |
The list of known hosts is stored in the file ‘~/.ssh/known_hosts’.
At this point, you are prompted for your passphrase if you have one, then Git will attempt a pull.
If git pull --verbose fails, you should see
error messages like these:
Permission denied (publickey). fatal: The remote end hung up unexpectedly |
If you get the above error, you may have made a mistake when registering your SSH key. If the key is properly registered and it still doesn’t work after an hour, ask for help on the mailing list.
If git pull --verbose succeeds, the output
will include a ‘From’ line that shows ‘ssh’ as the protocol:
From git@gitlab.com:lilypond/lilypond.git |
Note: Do not push directly to master; instead, push to a private development branch.
git push --dry-run --verbose |
Note that recent versions of Git (Git 1.6.3 or later) will issue a big warning if the above command is used. The simplest solution is to tell Git to push all matching branches by default:
git config push.default matching |
Then git push should work as before. For more
details, consult the git push man page.
git remote set-url command above should modify your
local repository’s ‘.git/config’ file. These lines:
[remote "origin"]
url = git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git/
|
should now be changed to:
[remote "origin"]
url = git@gitlab.com:lilypond/lilypond.git
|
git config push.default matching command
should add these lines to ‘.git/config’:
[push]
default = matching
|
Encryption protocols, including ssh, generally do not permit packet fragmentation to avoid introducing a point of insecurity. This means that the maximum packet size must not exceed the smallest MTU (Maximum Transmission Unit) set in the routers along the path. This smallest MTU is determined by a procedure during call set-up which relies on the transmission over the path of ICMP packets. If any of the routers in the path block ICMP packets this mechanism fails, resulting in the possibility of packets being transmitted which exceed the MTU of one of the routers. If this happens the packet is discarded, causing the ssh session to hang, timeout or terminate with the error message
ssh: connect to host <host ip addr> port 22: Bad file number fatal: The remote end hung up unexpectedly |
depending on precisely when in the proceedings the first large packet is transmitted. Most routers on the internet have MTU set to 1500, but routers installed in homes to connect via broadband may use a slightly smaller MTU for efficient transmission over ATM. If this problem is encountered a possible work-around is to set the MTU in the local router to 1500.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Do not push directly to the git master branch. Instead,
all changes need to be ‘merged’ with a merge request on GitLab.
Before allowing the merge, GitLab ensures the following:
master. This can be handled via GitLab, if no
conflicts arise. Otherwise, or if preferred, the operation can
be performed locally. Afterwards, the branch needs to be pushed
with the option --force to overwrite commits.
Note: Be careful when performing these operations manually: They are potentially dangerous and could result in losing commits if issued incorrectly!
master branch is always clean and ready
for development and translation.
After rebasing, GitLab will immediately start the automatic testing
pipeline. At the moment, all steps may take up to one hour to
complete. If you are confident about the rebased result of your
changes, you may click “Merge when pipeline succeeds” to avoid
waiting for the tests. On failure, the merge will be aborted and
no harm is done to the master branch.
Because GitLab enforces fast-forward merges, this means only one set of changes can be rebased and merged at once. A second merge request would be rejected later on because it does not contain the commit(s) merged first. To avoid wasting testing resources, please avoid this situation and check first if a pipeline with a scheduled merge is already running.
It is generally recommended to rebase commits before merging to get
a linear history. However, this is not always possible or wanted.
This particularly holds for the translation branch and
release/unstable which cannot be force-pushed. For these
cases, use the following procedure:
master branch and
merges the translation branch:
git checkout master git pull git merge translation git push origin HEAD:translation |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: We heavily recommend that development be done with our virtual machine LilyDev.
TODO: Decide what to do with this... Pare it down? Move paragraphs next to analogous Unix instructions? -mp
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Git is a system for tracking the changes made to source files by a distributed set of editors. It is designed to work without a master repository, but we have chosen to have a master repository for LilyPond files. Editors hold a local copy of the master repository together with any changes they have made locally. Local changes are held in a local ‘branch’, of which there may be several, but these instructions assume you are using just one. The files visible in the local repository always correspond to those on the currently ‘checked out’ local branch.
Files are edited on a local branch, and in that state the changes are said to be ‘unstaged’. When editing is complete, the changes are moved to being ‘staged for commit’, and finally the changes are ‘committed’ to the local branch. Once committed, the changes (called a ‘commit’) are given a unique 40-digit hexadecimal reference number called the ‘Committish’ or ‘SHA1 ID’ which identifies the commit to Git. Such committed changes can be sent to the master repository by ‘pushing’ them (if you have write permission) or by sending them by email to someone who has, either as a complete file or as a ‘diff’ or ‘patch’ (which send just the differences from the master repository).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Obtain Git from https://git-for-windows.github.io/.
Note that most users will not need to install SSH. That is not required until you have been granted direct push permissions to the master git repository.
Start Git by clicking on the desktop icon. This will bring up a command line bash shell. This may be unfamiliar to Windows users. If so, follow these instructions carefully. Commands are entered at a $ prompt and are terminated by keying a newline.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Decide where you wish to place your local Git repository, creating
the folders in Windows as necessary. Here we call the folder to
contain the repository [path]/Git, but if you intend using
Git for other projects a directory name like lilypond-git
might be better. You will need to have space for around
100Mbytes.
Start the Git bash shell by clicking on the desk-top icon installed with Git and type
cd [path]/Git |
to position the shell at your new Git repository.
Note: if [path] contains folders with names containing spaces use
cd "[path]/Git" |
Then type
git init |
to initialize your Git repository.
Then type (all on one line; the shell will wrap automatically)
git remote add -ft master origin git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git |
to download the lilypond master files.
Note: Be patient! Even on a broadband connection this can take 10 minutes or more. Wait for lots of [new tag] messages and the $ prompt.
We now need to generate a local copy of the downloaded files in a new local branch. Your local branch needs to have a name. It is usual to call it ‘master’ and we shall do that here.
To do this, type
git checkout -b master origin/master |
This creates a second branch called ‘master’. You will see two warnings (ignore these), and a message advising you that your local branch ‘master’ has been set up to track the remote branch. You now have two branches, a local branch called ‘master’, and a tracking branch called ‘origin/master’, which is a shortened form of ‘remotes/origin/master’.
Return to Windows Explorer and look in your Git repository. You should see lots of folders. For example, the LilyPond documentation can be found in [path]/Git/Documentation/.
The Git bash shell is terminated by typing exit or by
clicking on the usual Windows close-window widget.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Almost all subsequent work will use the Git Graphical User Interface, which avoids having to type command line commands. To start Git GUI first start the Git bash shell by clicking on the desktop icon, and type
cd [path]/Git git gui |
The Git GUI will open in a new window. It contains four panels and 7 pull-down menus. At this stage do not use any of the commands under Branch, Commit, Merge or Remote. These will be explained later.
The top panel on the left contains the names of files which you are in the process of editing (Unstaged Changes), and the lower panel on the left contains the names of files you have finished editing and have staged ready for committing (Staged Changes). At present, these panels will be empty as you have not yet made any changes to any file. After a file has been edited and saved the top panel on the right will display the differences between the edited file selected in one of the panels on the left and the last version committed on the current branch.
The panel at bottom right is used to enter a descriptive message about the change before committing it.
The Git GUI is terminated by entering CNTL-Q while it is the active window or by clicking on the usual Windows close-window widget.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Open the Git GUI, click on
Edit -> Options |
and enter your name and email address in the left-hand (Git Repository) panel. Leave everything else unchanged and save it.
Note that Windows users must leave the default setting for line endings unchanged. All files in a git repository must have lines terminated by just a LF, as this is required for Merge to work, but Windows files are terminated by CRLF by default. The git default setting causes the line endings of files in a Windows git repository to be flipped automatically between LF and CRLF as required. This enables files to be edited by any Windows editor without causing problems in the git repository.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
At this stage you have two branches in your local repository, both identical. To see them click on
Branch -> Checkout |
You should have one local branch called ‘master’ and one tracking branch called ‘origin/master’. The latter is your local copy of the ‘remotes/origin/master’ branch in the master LilyPond repository. The local ‘master’ branch is where you will make your local changes.
When a particular branch is selected, i.e., checked out, the files visible in your repository are changed to reflect the state of the files on that branch.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Before starting the editing of a file, ensure your local repository contains the latest version of the files in the remote repository by first clicking
Remote -> Fetch from -> origin |
in the Git GUI.
This will place the latest version of every file, including all the changes made by others, into the ‘origin/master’ branch of the tracking branches in your git repository. You can see these files by checking out this branch, but you must never edit any files while this branch is checked out. Check out your local ‘master’ branch again.
You then need to merge these fetched files into your local ‘master’ branch by clicking on
Merge -> Local Merge |
and if necessary select the local ‘master’ branch.
Note that a merge cannot be completed if you have made any local changes which have not yet been committed.
This merge will update all the files in the ‘master’ branch to reflect the current state of the ‘origin/master’ branch. If any of the changes conflict with changes you have made yourself recently you will be notified of the conflict (see below).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
First ensure your ‘master’ branch is checked out, then simply edit the files in your local Git repository with your favourite editor and save them back there. If any file contains non-ASCII characters ensure you save it in UTF-8 format. Git will detect any changes whenever you restart Git GUI and the file names will then be listed in the Unstaged Changes panel. Or you can click the Rescan button to refresh the panel contents at any time. You may break off and resume editing any time.
The changes you have made may be displayed in diff form in the top right-hand panel of Git GUI by clicking on the file name shown in one of the left panels.
When your editing is complete, move the files from being Unstaged to Staged by clicking the document symbol to the left of each name. If you change your mind it can be moved back by clicking on the ticked box to the left of the name.
Finally the changes you have made may be committed to your ‘master’ branch by entering a brief message in the Commit Message box and clicking the Commit button.
If you wish to amend your changes after a commit has been made, the original version and the changes you made in that commit may be recovered by selecting
Commit -> Amend Last Commit |
or by checking the Amend Last Commit radio button at bottom right. This will return the changes to the Staged state, so further editing made be carried out within that commit. This must only be done before the changes have been Pushed or sent to your mentor for Pushing - after that it is too late and corrections have to be made as a separate commit.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you do not have write access to ‘remotes/origin/master’ you will need to send your changes by email to someone who does.
First you need to create a diff or patch file containing your changes. To create this, the file must first be committed. Then terminate the Git GUI. In the git bash shell first cd to your Git repository with
cd [path]/Git |
if necessary, then produce the patch with
git format-patch origin |
This will create a patch file for all the locally committed files which differ from ‘origin/master’. The patch file can be found in [path]/Git and will have a name formed from the commit message.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
As soon as you have committed a changed file your local
master branch has diverged from origin/master, and
will remain diverged until your changes have been committed in
remotes/origin/master and Fetched back into your
origin/master branch. Similarly, if a new commit has been
made to remotes/origin/master by someone else and Fetched,
your local master branch is divergent. You can detect a
divergent branch by clicking on
Repository -> Visualise all branch history |
This opens up a very useful new window called ‘gitk’. Use this to browse all the commits made by yourself and others.
If the diagram at top left of the resulting window does not show
your master tag on the same node as the
remotes/origin/master tag your branch has diverged from
origin/master. This is quite normal if files you have
modified yourself have not yet been Pushed to
remotes/origin/master and Fetched, or if files modified and
committed by others have been Fetched since you last Merged
origin/master into your local master branch.
If a file being merged from origin/master differs from one
you have modified in a way that cannot be resolved automatically
by git, Merge will report a Conflict which you must resolve by
editing the file to create the version you wish to keep.
This could happen if the person updating
remotes/origin/master for you has added some changes of his
own before committing your changes to
remotes/origin/master, or if someone else has changed the
same file since you last fetched the file from
remotes/origin/master.
Open the file in your editor and look for sections which are delimited with ...
[to be completed when I next have a merge conflict to be sure I give the right instructions -td]
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The instructions above describe the simplest way of using git on Windows. Other git facilities which may usefully supplement these include
Once familiarity with using git on Windows has been gained the standard git manuals can be used to learn about these.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Prebuilt Documentation and packages are available from:
http://www.lilypond.org
LilyPond development is hosted at:
http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/lilypond
Here is a simple explanation of the directory layout for
LilyPond's source files.
. Toplevel READMEs, ChangeLog,
| build bootstrapping, patches
| for third party programs
|
|-- Documentation/ Top sources for most of the manuals
| |
| |
| | INDIVIDUAL CHAPTERS FOR EACH MANUAL:
| | Note: "Snippets" and "Internals Reference" are
| | auto-generated during the Documentation Build process.
| |
| |
| |-- contributor/ Contributor's Guide
| |-- essay/ Essay on automated music engraving
| |-- extending/ Extending the functionality of LilyPond
| |-- learning/ Learning Manual
| |-- notation/ Notation Reference
| |-- usage/ Runnning the programs that come with LilyPond
| |-- web/ The website
| |
| |
| | TRANSLATED MANUALS:
| | Each language's directory can contain...
| | 1) translated versions of:
| | * top sources for manuals
| | * individual chapters for each manual
| | 2) a texidocs/ directory for snippet translations
| |
| |-- ca/ Catalan
| |-- cs/ Czech
| |-- de/ German
| |-- es/ Spanish
| |-- fr/ French
| |-- hu/ Hungarian
| |-- it/ Italian
| |-- ja/ Japanese
| |-- nl/ Dutch
| |-- pt/ Portuguese
| |-- zh/ Chinese
| |
| |
| | MISCELLANEOUS DOC STUFF:
| |
| |-- css/ CSS files for HTML docs
| |-- included/ .ly files used in the manuals
| |-- logo/ Web logo and "note" icon
| |-- ly-examples/ .ly files for the "Examples" webpage
| |-- misc/ Old announcements, ChangeLogs and NEWS
| |-- pictures/ Images used (eps/jpg/png/svg)
| | `-- pdf/ (pdf)
| |-- po/ Translated build/maintenance scripts
| |-- snippets/ Auto-generated from the LSR and from ./new/
| | `-- new/ Snippets too new for the LSR
| `-- topdocs/ AUTHORS, INSTALL, README
|
|
| C++ SOURCES:
|
|-- flower/ A simple C++ library
|-- lily/ C++ sources for the LilyPond binary
|
|
| LIBRARIES:
|
|-- ly/ .ly \include files
|-- mf/ MetaFont sources for Emmentaler fonts
|-- ps/ PostScript library files
|-- scm/ Scheme sources for LilyPond and subroutine files
|-- tex/ TeX and texinfo library files
|
|
| SCRIPTS:
|
|-- config/ Autoconf helpers for configure script
|-- python/ Python modules, MIDI module
| `-- auxiliar/ Python modules for build/maintenance
|-- scripts/ End-user scripts (--> lilypond/usr/bin/)
| |-- auxiliar/ Maintenance and non-essential build scripts
| `-- build/ Essential build scripts
|
|
| BUILD PROCESS:
| (also see SCRIPTS section above)
|
|-- make/ Specific make subroutine files
|-- stepmake/ Generic make subroutine files
|
|
| REGRESSION TESTS:
|
|-- input/
| `-- regression/ .ly regression tests
| |-- abc2ly/ .abc regression tests
| |-- lilypond-book/ lilypond-book regression tests
| |-- midi/ midi2ly regression tests
| `-- musicxml/ .xml and .itexi regression tests
|
|
| MISCELLANEOUS:
|
|-- elisp/ Emacs LilyPond mode and syntax coloring
|-- vim/ Vi(M) LilyPond mode and syntax coloring
`-- po/ Translations for binaries and end-user scripts
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This chapter describes the process of compiling the LilyPond program from source files.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Compiling LilyPond from source is an involved process, and is only recommended for developers and packagers. Typical program users are instead encouraged to obtain the program from a package manager (on Unix) or by downloading a precompiled binary configured for a specific operating system. Pre-compiled binaries are available on the (web-big-page)Download section ‘Download’ in General Information page.
Compiling LilyPond from source is necessary if you want to build, install, or test your own version of the program.
A successful compile can also be used to generate and install the documentation, incorporating any changes you may have made. However, a successful compile is not a requirement for generating the documentation. The documentation can be built using a Git repository in conjunction with a locally installed copy of the program. For more information, see Building documentation without compiling.
Attempts to compile LilyPond natively on Windows have been unsuccessful, though a workaround is available (see (contributor-big-page)LilyDev section ‘LilyDev’ in Contributor’s Guide).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 4.2.1 Requirements for running LilyPond | ||
| 4.2.2 Requirements for compiling LilyPond | ||
| 4.2.3 Requirements for building documentation |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This section contains the list of separate software packages that are required to run LilyPond.
Fedora:
fonts-arabic fonts-hebrew fonts-ja fonts-xorg-truetype taipeifonts ttfonts-ja ttfonts-zh_CN |
Debian based distributions:
emacs-intl-fonts fonts-ipafont-gothic fonts-ipafont-mincho xfonts-bolkhov-75dpi xfonts-cronyx-75dpi xfonts-cronyx-100dpi xfonts-intl-.* |
These are normally installed by default and are required only to create music with international text or lyrics.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This section contains instructions on how to quickly and easily get all the software packages required to build LilyPond.
Most of the more popular Linux distributions only require a few simple commands to download all the software needed. For others, there is an explicit list of all the individual packages (as well as where to get them from) for those that are not already included in your distributions’ own repositories.
| Fedora | ||
| Linux Mint | ||
| OpenSUSE | ||
| Ubuntu | ||
| Other |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following instructions were tested on ‘Fedora’ versions 22 & 23 and will download all the software required to both compile LilyPond and build the documentation.
sudo dnf builddep lilypond --nogpgcheck |
sudo dnf install autoconf gcc-c++ |
texi2html 1.82 directly from:
http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/texi2html/texi2html-1.82.tar.gz;
texi2html is only required if you intend to compile LilyPond’s
own documentation (e.g. to help with any document writing). The version
available in the Fedora repositories is too new and will not work.
Extract the files into an appropriate location and then run the
commands;
./configure make sudo make install |
This should install texi2html 1.82 into /usr/local/bin,
which will normally take priority over /usr/bin where the
later, pre-installed versions gets put. Now verify that your operating
system is able to see the correct version of texi2html.
texi2html --version |
git.
sudo dnf install git |
Also see (contributor-big-page)Starting with Git section ‘Starting with Git’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Note: By default, when building LilyPond’s documentation,
pdfTeX is be used. However ligatures (fi, fl, ff etc.) may not
be printed in the PDF output. In this case XeTeX can be used instead.
Download and install the texlive-xetex package.
sudo dnf install texlive-xetex |
The scripts used to build the LilyPond documentation will use
XeTeX instead of pdfTeX to generate the PDF documents if
it is available. No additional configuration is required.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following instructions were tested on ‘Linux Mint 17.1’ and ‘LMDE - Betsy’ and will download all the software required to both compile LilyPond and build the documentation..
sudo apt-get build-dep lilypond |
sudo apt-get install autoconf fonts-texgyre texlive-lang-cyrillic |
git.
sudo apt-get install git |
Also see (contributor-big-page)Starting with Git section ‘Starting with Git’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Note: By default, when building LilyPond’s documentation,
pdfTeX is be used. However ligatures (fi, fl, ff etc.) may not
be printed in the PDF output. In this case XeTeX can be used instead.
Download and install the texlive-xetex package.
sudo apt-get install texlive-xetex |
The scripts used to build the LilyPond documentation will use
XeTex instead of pdfTex to generate the PDF documents if
it is available. No additional configuration is required.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following instructions were tested on ‘OpenSUSE 13.2’ and will download all the software required to both compile LilyPond and build the documentation.
sudo zypper addrepo -f \ "http://download.opensuse.org/source/distribution/13.2/repo/oss/" sources |
sudo zypper source-install lilypond |
sudo zypper install make |
git.
sudo zypper install git |
Also see (contributor-big-page)Starting with Git section ‘Starting with Git’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Note: By default, when building LilyPond’s documentation,
pdfTeX is be used. However ligatures (fi, fl, ff etc.) may not
be printed in the PDF output. In this case XeTeX can be used instead.
Download and install the texlive-xetex package.
sudo zypper install texlive-xetex |
The scripts used to build the LilyPond documentation will use
XeTex instead of pdfTex to generate the PDF documents if
it is available. No additional configuration is required.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following commands were tested on Ubuntu versions 14.04 LTS,
14.10 and 15.04 and will download all the software
required to both compile LilyPond and build the documentation.
sudo apt-get build-dep lilypond |
sudo apt-get install autoconf fonts-texgyre texlive-lang-cyrillic |
git.
sudo apt-get install git |
Also see (contributor-big-page)Starting with Git section ‘Starting with Git’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Note: By default, when building LilyPond’s documentation,
pdfTeX is be used. However ligatures (fi, fl, ff etc.) may not
be printed in the PDF output. In this case XeTeX can be used instead.
Download and install the texlive-xetex package.
sudo apt-get install texlive-xetex |
The scripts used to build the LilyPond documentation will use
XeTex instead of pdfTex to generate the PDF documents if
it is available. No additional configuration is required.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following individual software packages are required just to compile LilyPond.
Use version 2.0 or newer.
Use version 3.4 or newer (4.x recommended).
Use version 20060125 or newer (we recommend using at least
20100501); it must also be compiled with the
‘--enable-double’ switch, else this can lead to inaccurate
intersection calculations which end up with poorly-rendered glyphs in
the output.
Use version 0.17 or newer.
Use version 3.78 or newer.
The mf-nowin, mf, mfw or mfont binaries are
usually packaged along with
TeX.
The mpost binary is also usually packaged with
TeX.
Use version 6.1 or newer.
Use version 1.33 or newer.
Often packaged in repositories as texlive-lang-cyrillic.
2.19.26,
the previous default serif, san serif and monospace fonts now use Tex
Gyre’s Schola, Heros and Cursor fonts respectively.
Also See
(notation-big-page)Fonts section ‘Fonts’ in Notation Reference.
Some distributions do not always provide ‘OTF’ font files in the Tex
Gyre packages from their repositories. Use the command
fc-list | grep texgyre to list the fonts available to your system
and check that the appropriate *.otf files are reported. If they
are not then download and manually extract the ‘OTF’ files to either
your local ~/.fonts/ directory or use the
configure command and the
--with-texgyre-dir=/path_to_otf_files/ option.
The following font families are required:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The entire set of documentation for the most current build of LilyPond is available online at https://lilypond.org/doc/v2.19/Documentation/web/development, but you can also build them locally from the source code. This process requires some additional tools and packages.
Note: If the instructions for one of the previously listed Linux in the previous section ( (contributor-big-page)Requirements for compiling LilyPond section ‘Requirements for compiling LilyPond’ in Contributor’s Guide) have been used, then the following can be ignored as the software should already be installed.
Use version 1.82. Later versions will not work.
Download texi2html 1.82 directly from:
http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/texi2html/texi2html-1.82.tar.gz;
Extract the files into an appropriate location and then run the commands;
./configure make sudo make install |
Now verify that your operating system is able to see the correct version
of texi2html.
texi2html --version |
gsfonts fonts-linuxlibertine fonts-liberation fonts-dejavu fonts-freefont-otf ttf-bitstream-vera texlive-fonts-recommended ttf-xfree86-nonfree |
Note: By default, when building LilyPond’s documentation,
pdfTeX is be used. However ligatures (fi, fl, ff etc.) may not
be printed in the PDF output. In this case XeTeX can be used instead.
Download and install the texlive-xetex package. The scripts used
to build the LilyPond documentation will use XeTex instead of
pdfTex to generate the PDF documents if it is available. No
additional configuration is required.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In general, developers compile LilyPond from within a local Git repository. Setting up a local Git repository is explained in (contributor-big-page)Starting with Git section ‘Starting with Git’ in Contributor’s Guide.
Packagers are encouraged to use source tarballs for compiling.
The tarball for the latest stable release is available on the (web-big-page)Source section ‘Source’ in General Information page.
The latest source code snapshot is also available as a tarball from the GNU Savannah Git server.
All tagged releases (including legacy stable versions and the most recent development release) are available here:
https://lilypond.org/download/source/ |
Download the tarball to your ‘~/src/’ directory, or some other appropriate place.
Note: Be careful where you unpack the tarball! Any subdirectories of the current folder named ‘lilypond/’ or ‘lilypond-x.y.z/’ (where x.y.z is the release number) will be overwritten if there is a name clash with the tarball.
Unpack the tarball with this command:
tar -xzf lilypond-x.y.z.tar.gz |
This creates a subdirectory within the current directory called ‘lilypond-x.y.z/’. Once unpacked, the source files occupy about 40 MB of disk space.
Windows users wanting to look at the source code may have to download and install the free-software 7zip archiver to extract the tarball.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
make4.4.1 Running ./autogen.sh | ||
4.4.2 Running ../configure |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
./autogen.shAfter you unpack the tarball (or download the Git repository), the contents of your top source directory should be similar to the current source tree listed at http://git.sv.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git;a=tree.
Next, you need to create the generated files; enter the following command from your top source directory:
./autogen.sh --noconfigure |
This will generate a number of files and directories to aid configuration, such as ‘configure’, ‘README.txt’, etc.
Next, create the build directory with:
mkdir build/ cd build/ |
We heavily recommend building lilypond inside a separate directory with this method.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
../configure| Configuration options | ||
| Checking build dependencies | ||
| Configuring target directories |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: make sure that you are in the ‘build/’ subdirectory of your source tree.
The ../configure command (generated by
./autogen.sh) provides many options for configuring
make. To see them all, run:
../configure --help |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: make sure that you are in the ‘build/’ subdirectory of your source tree.
When ../configure is run without any arguments, it will
check to make sure your system has everything required for
compilation:
../configure |
If any build dependency is missing, ../configure will
return with:
ERROR: Please install required programs: foo |
The following message is issued if you are missing programs that are only needed for building the documentation:
WARNING: Please consider installing optional programs: bar |
If you intend to build the documentation locally, you will need to install or update these programs accordingly.
Note: ../configure may fail to issue warnings for
certain documentation build requirements that are not met. If you
experience problems when building the documentation, you may need
to do a manual check of Requirements for building documentation.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: make sure that you are in the ‘build/’ subdirectory of your source tree.
If you intend to use your local build to install a local copy of
the program, you will probably want to configure the installation
directory. Here are the relevant lines taken from the output of
../configure --help:
By default, ‘
make install’ will install all the files in ‘/usr/local/bin’, ‘/usr/local/lib’ etc. You can specify an installation prefix other than ‘/usr/local’ using ‘‘--prefix’’, for instance ‘‘--prefix=$HOME’’.
A typical installation prefix is ‘$HOME/usr’:
../configure --prefix=$HOME/usr |
Note that if you plan to install a local build on a system where
you do not have root privileges, you will need to do something
like this anyway—make install will only succeed
if the installation prefix points to a directory where you have
write permission (such as your home directory). The installation
directory will be automatically created if necessary.
The location of the lilypond command installed by this
process will be ‘prefix/bin/lilypond’; you may want to
add ‘prefix/bin/’ to your $PATH if it is not
already included.
It is also possible to specify separate installation directories
for different types of program files. See the full output of
../configure --help for more information.
If you encounter any problems, please see Problems.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
4.5.1 Using make | ||
| 4.5.2 Saving time with the ‘-j’ option | ||
4.5.3 Useful make variables |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
makeNote: make sure that you are in the ‘build/’ subdirectory of your source tree.
LilyPond is compiled with the make command. Assuming
make is configured properly, you can simply run:
make |
‘make’ is short for ‘make all’. To view a list of make
targets, run:
make help |
TODO: Describe what make actually does.
Generating documentation provides more info on the make targets
used to build the LilyPond documentation.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If your system has multiple CPUs, you can speed up compilation by
adding ‘-jX’ to the make command, where
‘X’ is one more than the number of cores you have. For
example, a typical Core2Duo machine would use:
make -j3 |
If you get errors using the ‘-j’ option, and ‘make’
succeeds without it, try lowering the X value.
Because multiple jobs run in parallel when ‘-j’ is used, it can be difficult to determine the source of an error when one occurs. In that case, running ‘make’ without the ‘-j’ is advised.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
make variablesmake normally echoes each command, but LilyPond
makefiles suppress this behavior by default. The goal is to show
progress without hiding warnings and errors in the noise of long
commands.
To enable echoing commands, and to increase the verbosity of some
of the commands, set VERBOSE=1 on the command line or in
‘local.make’ at the top of the build tree.
Similarly, to reduce the verbosity, set SILENT=1. Because
of the way these options are implemented, make -s does
not serve this purpose.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 4.6.1 Installing LilyPond from a local build | ||
| 4.6.2 Generating documentation | ||
| 4.6.3 Testing LilyPond binary |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you configured make to install your local build in a
directory where you normally have write permission (such as your
home directory), and you have compiled LilyPond by running
make, you can install the program in your target
directory by running:
make install |
If instead, your installation directory is not one that you can
normally write to (such as the default ‘/usr/local/’, which
typically is only writeable by the superuser), you will need to
temporarily become the superuser when running
make install:
sudo make install |
or…
su -c 'make install' |
If you don’t have superuser privileges, then you need to configure the installation directory to one that you can write to, and then re-install. See Configuring target directories.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Documentation editor’s edit/compile cycle | ||
| Building documentation | ||
| Building a single document | ||
Saving time with CPU_COUNT | ||
| Installing documentation | ||
| Building documentation without compiling |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
make [-jX] make [-jX CPU_COUNT=X] doc ## can take an hour or more make [-jX CPU_COUNT=X] doc-stage-1 ## to build only PDF documentation |
## edit source files, then…
make [-jX] ## needed if editing outside
## Documentation/, but useful anyway
## for finding Texinfo errors.
make [-jX CPU_COUNT=X] doc ## usually faster than initial build.
|
It is generally possible to remove the compiled documentation from your system with ‘make doc-clean’, but this method is not 100% guaranteed. Instead, if you want to be sure you have a clean system, we recommend that you delete your ‘build/’ directory, and begin compiling from scratch. Since the documentation compile takes much longer than the non-documentation compile, this does not increase the overall time by a great deal.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
After a successful compile (using make), the
documentation can be built by issuing:
make doc |
or, to build only the PDF documentation and not the HTML,
make doc-stage-1 |
Note: The first time you run make doc, the
process can easily take an hour or more with not much output
on the command line.
After this initial build, make doc only makes
changes to the documentation where needed, so it may only take
a minute or two to test changes if the documentation is already
built.
If make doc succeeds, the HTML documentation tree
is available in ‘out-www/offline-root/’, and can be browsed
locally. Various portions of the documentation can be found by
looking in ‘out/’ and ‘out-www’ subdirectories in other
places in the source tree, but these are only portions of
the docs. Please do not complain about anything which is broken
in those places; the only complete set of documentation is in
‘out-www/offline-root/’ from the top of the source tree.
make doc sends the output from most of the
compilation to logfiles. If the build fails for any reason, it
should prompt you with the name of a logfile which will provide
information to help you work out why the build failed. These
logfiles are not deleted with make doc-clean. To
remove all the logfiles generated by the compilation process, use:
find -name '*.log' -delete |
make doc compiles the documents for all languages. To
save some compile time, the English language documents can be
compiled on their own with:
make LANGS='' doc |
Similarly, it is possible to compile a subset of the translated documentation by specifying their language codes on the command line. For example, the French and German translations are compiled with:
make LANGS='de fr' doc |
Note that this will also compile the English version.
Compilation of documentation in Info format with images can be done separately by issuing:
make info |
An issue when switching branches between master and translation is the appearance/disappearance of translated versions of some manuals. If you see such a warning from make:
No rule to make target `X', needed by `Y' |
Your best bet is to delete the file Y.dep and to try again.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
It’s possible to build a single document. For example, to rebuild only ‘contributor.pdf’, do the following:
cd build/ cd Documentation/ touch ../../Documentation/contributor.texi make out=www out-www/contributor.pdf |
If you are only working on a single document, test-building it in this way can give substantial time savings - recreating ‘contributor.pdf’, for example, takes a matter of seconds.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
CPU_COUNTThe most time consuming task for building the documentation is
running LilyPond to build images of music, and there cannot be
several simultaneously running lilypond-book instances,
so the ‘-j’ make option does not significantly
speed up the build process. To help speed it up, the makefile
variable ‘CPU_COUNT’ may be set in ‘local.make’ or on
the command line to the number of .ly files that LilyPond
should process simultaneously, e.g. on a bi-processor or dual core
machine:
make -j3 CPU_COUNT=3 doc |
The recommended value of ‘CPU_COUNT’ is one plus the number of cores or processors, but it is advisable to set it to a smaller value unless your system has enough RAM to run that many simultaneous LilyPond instances. Also, values for the ‘-j’ option that pose problems with ‘make’ are less likely to pose problems with ‘make doc’ (this applies to both ‘-j’ and ‘CPU_COUNT’). For example, with a quad-core processor, it is possible for ‘make -j5 CPU_COUNT=5 doc’ to work consistently even if ‘make -j5’ rarely succeeds.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The HTML, PDF and if available Info files can be installed into the standard documentation path by issuing
make install-doc |
This also installs Info documentation with images if the installation prefix is properly set; otherwise, instructions to complete proper installation of Info documentation are printed on standard output.
To install the Info documentation separately, run:
make install-info |
Note that to get the images in Info documentation, install-doc
target creates symbolic links to HTML and PDF installed documentation
tree in ‘prefix/share/info’, in order to save disk space,
whereas install-info copies images in
‘prefix/share/info’ subdirectories.
It is possible to build a documentation tree in ‘out-www/online-root/’, with special processing, so it can be used on a website with content negotiation for automatic language selection; this can be achieved by issuing
make WEB_TARGETS=online doc |
and both ‘offline’ and ‘online’ targets can be generated by issuing
make WEB_TARGETS="offline online" doc |
Several targets are available to clean the documentation build and help with maintaining documentation; an overview of these targets is available with
make help |
from every directory in the build tree. Most targets for documentation maintenance are available from ‘Documentation/’; for more information, see (contributor-big-page)Documentation work section ‘Documentation work’ in Contributor’s Guide.
The makefile variable QUIET_BUILD may be set to 1
for a less verbose build output, just like for building the
programs.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The documentation can be built locally without compiling LilyPond binary, if LilyPond is already installed on your system.
From a fresh Git checkout, do
./autogen.sh # ignore any warning messages cp GNUmakefile.in GNUmakefile make -C scripts && make -C python nice make LILYPOND_EXTERNAL_BINARY=/path/to/bin/lilypond doc |
Please note that this may break sometimes – for example, if a new feature is added with a test file in input/regression, even the latest development release of LilyPond will fail to build the docs.
You may build the manual without building all the ‘input/*’ stuff
(i.e. mostly regression tests): change directory, for example to
‘Documentation/’, issue make doc, which will build
documentation in a subdirectory ‘out-www’ from the source files in
current directory. In this case, if you also want to browse the
documentation in its post-processed form, change back to top directory
and issue
make out=www WWW-post |
You may also need to create a script for pngtopnm and
pnmtopng. On GNU/Linux, I use this:
export LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/usr/lib exec /usr/bin/pngtopnm "$@"
On MacOS X with fink, I use this:
export DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH=/sw/lib exec /sw/bin/pngtopnm "$@"
On MacOS X with macports, you should use this:
export DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/local/lib exec /opt/local/bin/pngtopnm "$@"
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond comes with an extensive suite that exercises the entire program. This suite can be used to test that the binary has been built correctly.
The test suite can be executed with:
make test
If the test suite completes successfully, the LilyPond binary has been verified.
More information on the regression test suite is found at (contributor-big-page)Regression tests section ‘Regression tests’ in Contributor’s Guide.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
For help and questions use lilypond-user@gnu.org. Send bug reports to bug-lilypond@gnu.org.
Bugs that are not fault of LilyPond are documented here.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Here are special instructions for compiling under MacOS X. These instructions assume that dependencies are installed using MacPorts. The instructions have been tested using OS X 10.5 (Leopard).
First, install the relevant dependencies using MacPorts.
Next, add the following to your relevant shell initialization
files. This is ~/.profile by default. You should create
this file if it does not exist.
export PATH=/opt/local/bin:/opt/local/sbin:$PATH export DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/local/lib:$DYLD_FALLBACK_LIBRARY_PATH |
Now you must edit the generated ‘config.make’ file. Change
FLEXLEXER_FILE = /usr/include/FlexLexer.h |
to:
FLEXLEXER_FILE = /opt/local/include/FlexLexer.h |
At this point, you should verify that you have the appropriate
fonts installed with your ghostscript installation. Check ls
/opt/local/share/ghostscript/fonts for: ’c0590*’ files (.pfb,
.pfb and .afm). If you don’t have them, run the following
commands to grab them from the ghostscript SVN server and install
them in the appropriate location:
svn export http://svn.ghostscript.com/ghostscript/tags/urw-fonts-1.0.7pre44/ sudo mv urw-fonts-1.0.7pre44/* /opt/local/share/ghostscript/fonts/ rm -rf urw-fonts-1.07pre44 |
Now run the ./configure script. To avoid complications with
automatic font detection, add
--with-fonts-dir=/opt/local/share/ghostscript/fonts |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To use system fonts, dejaview must be installed. With the default port, the fonts are installed in ‘usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts/dejavu’.
Open the file ‘$LILYPONDBASE/usr/etc/fonts/local.conf’ and add the
following line just after the <fontconfig> line. (Adjust as necessary
for your hierarchy.)
<dir>/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/fonts</dir> |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
On Mac OS X, all fonts are installed by default. However, finding all
system fonts requires a bit of configuration; see
this post on the lilypond-user mailing list.
On Linux, international fonts are installed by different means on every distribution. We cannot list the exact commands or packages that are necessary, as each distribution is different, and the exact package names within each distribution changes. Here are some hints, though:
Red Hat Fedora
taipeifonts fonts-xorg-truetype ttfonts-ja fonts-arabic \
ttfonts-zh_CN fonts-ja fonts-hebrew
Debian GNU/Linux
apt-get install emacs-intl-fonts xfonts-intl-.* \
fonts-ipafont-gothic fonts-ipafont-mincho \
xfonts-bolkhov-75dpi xfonts-cronyx-100dpi xfonts-cronyx-75dpi
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you want to use lilypond’s python libraries (either running
certain build scripts manually, or using them in other programs),
set PYTHONPATH to ‘python/out’ in your build
directory, or ‘…/usr/lib/lilypond/current/python’ in the
installation directory structure.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
It can be useful to have both the stable and the development versions
of LilyPond available at once. One way to do this on GNU/Linux is to
install the stable version using the precompiled binary, and run the
development version from the source tree. After running make
all from the top directory of the LilyPond source files, there will
be a binary called lilypond in the out directory:
<path to>/lilypond/out/bin/lilypond |
This binary can be run without actually doing the make
install command. The advantage to this is that you can have all
of the latest changes available after pulling from git and running
make all, without having to uninstall the old version and
reinstall the new.
So, to use the stable version, install it as usual and use the normal commands:
lilypond foobar.ly |
To use the development version, create a link to the binary in the
source tree by saving the following line in a file somewhere in your
$PATH:
exec <path to>/lilypond/out/bin/lilypond "$@" |
Save it as Lilypond (with a capital L to distinguish it
from the stable lilypond), and make it executable:
chmod +x Lilypond |
Then you can invoke the development version this way:
Lilypond foobar.ly |
TODO: ADD
- other compilation tricks for developers
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We currently use make and stepmake, which is complicated and only used by us. Hopefully this will change in the future.
scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py andscripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py
WEBSITE_ONLY_BUILD version of the
website (made with ‘website.make’, used on lilypond.org)
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are currently 11 manuals for LilyPond, not including the
translations. Each book is available in HTML, PDF, and info. The
documentation is written in a language called texinfo –
this allows us to generate different output formats from a single
set of source files.
To organize multiple authors working on the documentation, we use a Version Control System (VCS) called Git, previously discussed in Starting with Git.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Our documentation tries to adhere to our Documentation policy. This policy contains a few items which may seem odd. One policy in particular is often questioned by potential contributors: we do not repeat material in the Notation Reference, and instead provide links to the “definitive” presentation of that information. Some people point out, with good reason, that this makes the documentation harder to read. If we repeated certain information in relevant places, readers would be less likely to miss that information.
That reasoning is sound, but we have two counter-arguments. First, the Notation Reference – one of five manuals for users to read – is already over 500 pages long. If we repeated material, we could easily exceed 1000 pages! Second, and much more importantly, LilyPond is an evolving project. New features are added, bugs are fixed, and bugs are discovered and documented. If features are discussed in multiple places, the documentation team must find every instance. Since the manual is so large, it is impossible for one person to have the location of every piece of information memorized, so any attempt to update the documentation will invariably omit a few places. This second concern is not at all theoretical; the documentation used to be plagued with inconsistent information.
If the documentation were targeted for a specific version – say, LilyPond 2.10.5 – and we had unlimited resources to spend on documentation, then we could avoid this second problem. But since LilyPond evolves (and that is a very good thing!), and since we have quite limited resources, this policy remains in place.
A few other policies (such as not permitting the use of tweaks in the main portion of NR 1+2) may also seem counter-intuitive, but they also stem from attempting to find the most effective use of limited documentation help.
Before undertaking any large documentation work, contributors are encouraged to contact the Documentation Meister.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
\version in documentation filesEvery documentation file which includes LilyPond code must begin
with a \version statement, since the build procedure
explicitly tests for its presence and will not continue otherwise.
The \version statement should reference a version of LilyPond
consistent with the syntax of the contained code.
Since the \version statement is not valid Texinfo input it
must be commented out like this:
@c \version "2.19.1" |
So, if you are adding LilyPond code which is not consistent with the current version header, you should
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
For additions to the documentation,
bug-lilypond mailing list as
discussed in
(web-big-page)Contact section ‘Contact’ in General Information.
To: bug-lilypond@gnu.org
From: helpful-user@example.net
Subject: doc addition
In LM 2.13 (printing lyrics), above the last line ("More options,
like..."), please add:
----
To add lyrics to a divided part, use blah blah blah. For example,
\score {
\notes {blah <<blah>> }
\lyrics {blah <<blah>> }
blah blah blah
}
----
In addition, the second sentence of the first paragraph is
confusing. Please delete that sentence (it begins "Users
often...") and replace it with this:
----
To align lyrics with something, do this thing.
----
Have a nice day,
Helpful User
To replace large sections of the documentation, the guidelines are stricter. We cannot remove parts of the current documentation unless we are certain that the new version is an improvement.
Examples that use overrides, tweaks, customer Scheme functions etc. are (with very few exceptions) not included in the main text of the manuals; as there would be far too many, equally useful, candidates.
The correct way is to submit your example, with appropriate explanatory text and tags, to the LilyPond Snippet Repository (LSR). Snippets that have the “docs” tag can then be easily added as a selected snippet in the documentation. It will also appear automatically in the Snippets lists. See Introduction to LSR.
Snippets that don’t have the “docs” tag will still be searchable and viewable within the LSR, but will be not be included in the Snippets list or be able to be included as part of the main documentation.
Generally, any new snippets that have the “docs” tag are more carefully checked for syntax and formatting.
Once you have followed these guidelines, please send a message to lilypond-devel with your documentation submissions. Unfortunately there is a strict ‘no top-posting’ check on the mailing list; to avoid this, add:
> I'm not top posting
(you must include the > ) to the top of your documentation addition.
We may edit your suggestion for spelling, grammar, or style, and we may not place the material exactly where you suggested, but if you give us some material to work with, we can improve the manual much faster.
Thanks for your interest!
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 5.4.1 Texinfo introduction | ||
| 5.4.2 Documentation files | ||
| 5.4.3 Sectioning commands | ||
| 5.4.4 LilyPond formatting | ||
| 5.4.5 Text formatting | ||
| 5.4.6 Syntax survey | ||
| 5.4.7 Other text concerns |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The language is called Texinfo; you can see its manual here:
http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/
However, you don’t need to read those docs. The most important thing to notice is that text is text. If you see a mistake in the text, you can fix it. If you want to change the order of something, you can cut-and-paste that stuff into a new location.
Note: Rule of thumb: follow the examples in the existing docs.
You can learn most of what you need to know from this; if you want
to do anything fancy, discuss it on lilypond-devel first.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
All manuals live in ‘Documentation/’.
In particular, there are four user manuals, their respective master source files are ‘learning.tely’ (LM, Learning Manual), ‘notation.tely’ (NR, Notation Reference), ‘music-glossary.tely’ (MG, Music Glossary), and ‘lilypond-program’ (AU). Each chapter is written in a separate file, ending in ‘.itely’ for files containing lilypond code, and ‘.itexi’ for files without lilypond code, located in a subdirectory associated to the manual (‘learning/’ for ‘learning.tely’, and so on); list the subdirectory of each manual to determine the filename of the specific chapter you wish to modify.
Developer manuals live in ‘Documentation/’ too. Currently there is only one: the Contributor’s Guide ‘contrib-guide.texi’ you are reading.
Snippet files are part of documentation, and the Snippet List (SL) lives in ‘Documentation/’ just like the manuals. For information about how to modify the snippet files and SL, see LSR work.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Notation Reference uses section headings at four, occasionally five, levels.
The first three levels are numbered in HTML, the last two are not. Numbered sections correspond to a single HTML page in the split HTML documents.
The first four levels always have accompanying nodes so they can be referenced and are also included in the ToC in HTML.
Most of the manual is written at level 4 under headings created with
@node Foo @unnumberedsubsubsec Foo |
Level 3 subsections are created with
@node Foo @subsection Foo |
Level 4 headings and menus must be preceded by level 3 headings and menus, and so on for level 3 and level 2. If this is not what is wanted, please use:
@subsubsubheading Foo |
Please leave two blank lines above a @node; this makes it
easier to find sections in texinfo.
Do not use any @ commands for a @node. They may be
used for any @sub... sections or headings however.
not:
@node @code{Foo} Bar
@subsection @code{Foo} Bar
but instead:
@node Foo Bar
@subsection @code{Foo} Bar
|
No punctuation may be used in the node names. If the heading text uses punctuation (in particular, colons and commas) simply leave this out of the node name and menu.
@menu * Foo Bar:: @end menu @node Foo Bar @subsection Foo: Bar |
Backslashes must not be used in node names or section headings.
If the heading text should include a backslash simply leave this
out of the node name and menu and replace it with @bs{}
in the heading text.
@menu
* The set command
@end menu
@node The set command
@subsection The @code{@bs{}set} command
|
References to such a node may use the third argument of the
@ref command to display the texually correct heading.
@ref{The set command,,The @code{@bs{}set command}
|
With the exception of @ commands, \ commands and
punctuation, the section name should match the node name exactly.
Sectioning commands (@node and @section) must not appear
inside an @ignore. Separate those commands with a space, ie
@n ode.
Nodes must be included inside a
@menu * foo:: * bar:: @end menu |
construct. These can be constructed with scripts: see Stripping whitespace and generating menus.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@lilypond[verbatim,quote] |
If using \book{} in your example then you must also
include the papersize=X variable, where X is a defined
paper size from within ‘scm/paper.scm’. This is to avoid the
default a4 paper size being used and leaving too much unnecessary
whitespace and potentially awkward page breaks in the PDFs.
The preferred papersizes are a5, a6 or
a8landscape.
a8landscape works best for a single measure with a single title
and/or single tagline:
@lilypond[papersize=a8landscape,verbatim]
\book {
\header {
title = "A scale in LilyPond"
}
\relative {
c d e f
}
}
@end lilypond
|
and can also be used to easily show features that require page breaks
(i.e. page numbers) without taking large amounts of space within the
documentation. Do not use the quote option with this paper size.
a5 or a6 paper sizes are best used for examples that have
more than two measures of music or require multiple staves (i.e. to
illustrate cross-staff features, RH and LH parts etc.) and where
\book{} constructions are required or where a8landscape
produces an example that is too cramped. Depending on the example the
quote option may need to be omitted.
In rare cases, other options may be used (or omitted), but ask first.
@lilypond parameters.
not: @lilypond [verbatim, quote, fragment] but instead: @lilypond[verbatim,quote,fragment] |
@lilypondfile[quote,ragged-right,line-width=16\cm,staffsize=16]
{pitches-headword.ly}
|
@lilypondfile[verbatim,quote,ragged-right,texidoc,doctitle]
{filename.ly}
|
\consists "Spans_arpeggio_engraver" |
LilyPond does not strictly require this, but it is a useful convention to follow.
#' or #` when describing
context or layout properties outside of an @example or @lilypond, unless
the description explicitly requires it.
i.e. “...setting the transparent property leaves the object where it
is, but makes it invisible.”
not: \override TextScript.padding = #3 c1^"hi"
but instead: \override TextScript.padding = #3
c1^"hi"
|
excepted in Templates, where ‘doctitle’ may be omitted.
not:
\context Voice \repeat unfold 2 \relative c' {
c2 d
}
but instead:
\context Voice {
\repeat unfold 2 {
\relative c' {
c2 d
}
}
}
|
not: \chordmode{c e g}
but instead: \chordmode { c e g }
|
\markup format commands; i.e.
not: c^\markup \tiny\sharp
but instead: c^\markup { \tiny \sharp }
|
< > marks; i.e.
not: < c e g > 4 but instead: <c e g>4 |
a8\( ais16[ b cis( d] b) cis4~ b' cis,\) |
\paper {
indent = 0\mm
line-width = 160\mm - 2.0 * 0.4\in
line-width = #(- line-width (* mm 3.000000))
}
\layout {
}
|
You may not change any of these values. If you are making an
example demonstrating special \paper{} values, contact the
Documentation Editor.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@example or @verbatim environments), and do not
use more than a single space between words. ‘makeinfo’ copies
the input lines verbatim without removing those spaces.
@var{musicexpr} for a
music expression.
@rinternals{} in the main text. If you’re
tempted to do so, you’re probably getting too close to “talking
through the code”. If you really want to refer to a context, use
@code{} in the main text and @rinternals{} in
the @morerefs.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Comments | ||
| Cross references | ||
| External links | ||
| Fixed-width font | ||
| Indexing | ||
| Lists | ||
| Special characters | ||
| Miscellany |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@c … — single line comment. ‘@c NOTE:’ is a
comment which should remain in the final version. (gp only
command ;)
@ignore — multi-line comment:
@ignore … @end ignore |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Enter the exact @node name of the target reference between
the brackets (eg. ‘@ref{Syntax survey}’). Do not
split a cross-reference across two lines – this causes the
cross-reference to be rendered incorrectly in HTML documents.
@ref{…} — link within current manual.
@rchanges{…} — link to Changes.
@rcontrib{…} — link to Contributor’s Guide.
@ressay{…} — link to Engraving Essay.
@rextend{…} — link to Extending LilyPond.
@rglos{…} — link to the Music Glossary.
@rinternals{…} — link to the Internals Reference.
@rlearning{…} — link to Learning Manual.
@rlsr{…} — link to a Snippet section.
@rprogram{…} — link to Application Usage.
@ruser{…} — link to Notation Reference.
@rweb{…} — link to General Information.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@email{…} — create a mailto: E-mail link.
@uref{URL[, link text]} — link to an
external url. Use within an @example ... @end example.
@example
@uref{URL [, link text ]}
@end example
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@code{…}, @samp{…} —
Use the @code{…} command when referring to
individual language-specific tokens (keywords, commands,
engravers, scheme symbols, etc.) in the text. Ideally, a single
@code{…} block should fit within one line in the
PDF output.
Use the @samp{…} command when you have a short
example of user input, unless it constitutes an entire
@item by itself, in which case @code{…} is
preferable. Otherwise, both should only be used when part of a
larger sentence within a paragraph or @item. Do not use
@code{…} or @samp{…} inside an
@example block, and do not use either as a free-standing
paragraph; use @example instead.
A single unindented line in the PDF has space for about 79
fixed-width characters (76 if indented). Within an @item
there is space for about 75 fixed-width characters. Each
additional level of @itemize or @enumerate
shortens the line by about 4 columns.
However, even short blocks of @code{…} and
@samp{…} can run into the margin if the Texinfo
line-breaking algorithm gets confused. Additionally, blocks that
are longer than this may in fact print nicely; it all depends
where the line breaks end up. If you compile the docs yourself,
check the PDF output to make sure the line breaks are
satisfactory.
The Texinfo setting @allowcodebreaks is set to
false in the manuals, so lines within
@code{…} or @samp{…} blocks will
only break at spaces, not at hyphens or underscores. If the block
contains spaces, use @w{@code{…}} or
@w{@samp{…}} to prevent unexpected line breaks.
The Texinfo settings txicodequoteundirected and
txicodequotebacktick are both set in the manuals, so
backticks (`) and apostrophes (') placed within
blocks of @code, @example, or @verbatim
are not converted to left- and right-angled quotes
(‘ ’) as they normally are within
the text, so the apostrophes in
‘@w{@code{\relative c''}}’ will display
correctly. However, these settings do not affect the PDF output
for anything within a @samp block (even if it includes a
nested @code block), so entering
‘@w{@samp{\relative c''}}’ wrongly produces
‘\relative c’’’ in PDF.
Consequently, if you want to use a @samp{…} block
which contains backticks or apostrophes, you should instead use
‘@q{@code{…}}’ (or
‘@q{@w{@code{…}}}’ if the block also
contains spaces). Note that backslashes within
@q{…} blocks must be entered as ‘@bs{}’,
so the example above would be coded as
‘@q{@w{@code{@bs{}relative c''}}}’.
@command{…} — Use when referring to command-line
commands within the text (eg. ‘@command{convert-ly}’). Do
not use inside an @example block.
@example — Use for examples of program code. Do not add
extraneous indentation (i.e. don’t start every line with
whitespace). Use the following layout (notice the use of blank
lines). Omit the @noindent if the text following the
example starts a new paragraph:
…text leading into the example… @example … @end example @noindent continuation of the text… |
Individual lines within an @example block should not
exceed 74 characters; otherwise they will run into the margin in
the PDF output, and may get clipped. If an @example block
is part of an @item, individual lines in the
@example block should not exceed 70 columns. Each
additional level of @itemize or @enumerate
shortens the line by about 4 columns.
For long command line examples, if possible, use a trailing
backslash to break up a single line, indenting the next line with
2 spaces. If this isn’t feasible, use ‘@smallexample
… @end smallexample’ instead, which uses a smaller
fontsize. Use @example whenever possible, but if needed,
@smallexample can fit up to 90 characters per line before
running into the PDF margin. Each additional level of
@itemize or @enumerate shortens a
@smallexample line by about 5 columns.
@file{…} — Use when referring to filenames and
directories in the text. Do not use inside an @example
block.
@option{…} — Use when referring to command-line
options in the text (eg. ‘@option{--format}’). Do not use
inside an @example block.
@verbatim — Prints the block exactly as it appears in
the source file (including whitespace, etc.). For program code
examples, use @example instead. @verbatim uses
the same format as @example.
Individual lines within an @verbatim block should not
exceed 74 characters; otherwise they will run into the margin in
the PDF output, and may get clipped. If an @verbatim
block is part of an @item, individual lines in the
@verbatim block should not exceed 70 columns. Each
additional level of @itemize or @enumerate
shortens the line by about 4 columns.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@cindex … — General index. Please add as many as you can.
Don’t capitalize the first word.
@funindex … — is for a \lilycommand.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@enumerate — Create an ordered list (with numbers).
Always put ‘@item’ on its own line. As an exception, if all
the items in the list are short enough to fit on single lines, placing
them on the ‘@item’ lines is also permissible. ‘@item’
and ‘@end enumerate’ should always be preceded by a blank
line.
@enumerate @item A long multi-line item like this one must begin on a line of its own and all the other items in the list must do so too. @item Even short ones @end enumerate |
@enumerate @item Short item @item Short item @end enumerate |
@itemize — Create an unordered list (with bullets). Use
the same format as @enumerate. Do not use
‘@itemize @bullet’.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: In Texinfo, the backslash is an ordinary character, and is entered without escaping (e.g. ‘The @code{\foo} command’). However, within double-quoted Scheme and/or LilyPond strings, backslashes (including those ending up in Texinfo markup) need to be escaped by doubling them:
(define (foo x)
"The @code{\\foo} command..."
...)
|
--, --- — Create an en dash (–) or an em dash
(—) in the text. To print two or three literal hyphens in a
row, wrap one of them in a @w{…} (eg.
‘-@w{-}-’).
@@, @{, @} — Create an at-sign (@),
a left curly bracket ({), or a right curly bracket (}).
@bs{} — Create a backslash within a
@q{…}, @qq{…}, or
@warning{…} block. This is a custom LilyPond
macro, not a builtin @-command in Texinfo. Texinfo would also
allow ‘\\’, but this breaks the PDF output.
@tie{} — Create a variable-width non-breaking
space in the text (use ‘@w{ }’ for a single
fixed-width non-breaking space). Variables or numbers
which consist of a single character (probably followed by a
punctuation mark) should be tied properly, either to the previous
or the next word. Example: ‘The letter@tie{}@q{I} is
skipped’
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@notation{…} — refers to pieces of notation, e.g.
‘@notation{clef}’. Also use for specific lyrics
(‘the @notation{A - men} is centered’).
Only use once per subsection per term.
@q{…} — Single quotes. Used for
‘vague’ terms. To get a backslash
(\), you must use ‘@bs{}’.
@qq{…} — Double quotes. Used for actual quotes
(“he said”) or for introducing special input modes. To get a
backslash (\), you must use ‘@bs{}’.
@var{…} — Use for metasyntactic variables (such
as foo, bar, arg1, etc.).
In most cases, when the @var{…} command appears in
the text (and not in an @example block) it should be
wrapped with an appropriate texinfo code-highlighting command
(such as @code, @samp, @file,
@command, etc.). For example:
‘@code{@var{foo}}’,
‘@file{@var{myfile.ly}}’,
‘@samp{git checkout @var{branch}}’, etc. This
improves readability in the PDF and HTML output.
@version{} — Return the current LilyPond version
string. Use ‘@w{@version{}}’ if it’s at the end of a
line (to prevent an ugly line break in PDF); use
‘@w{"@version{}"}’ if you need it in quotes.
@w{…} — Do not allow any line breaks.
@warning{…} — produces a “Note: ” box.
Use for important messages. To get a backslash (\), you must use
‘@bs{}’.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@morerefs section at the bottom.
. (i.e. finish the previous sentence/paragraph) : (i.e. `in this example:') , (i.e. `may add foo with the blah construct,') |
The old “sentence runs directly into the example” method is not allowed any more.
This usage is rarer. Americans often just use a comma.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 5.5.1 Books | ||
| 5.5.2 Section organization | ||
| 5.5.3 Checking cross-references | ||
| 5.5.4 General writing | ||
| 5.5.5 Technical writing style |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are four parts to the documentation: the Learning Manual, the Notation Reference, the Program Reference, and the Music Glossary.
The LM is written in a tutorial style which introduces the most important concepts, structure and syntax of the elements of a LilyPond score in a carefully graded sequence of steps. Explanations of all musical concepts used in the Manual can be found in the Music Glossary, and readers are assumed to have no prior knowledge of LilyPond. The objective is to take readers to a level where the Notation Reference can be understood and employed to both adapt the templates in the Appendix to their needs and to begin to construct their own scores. Commonly used tweaks are introduced and explained. Examples are provided throughout which, while being focussed on the topic being introduced, are long enough to seem real in order to retain the readers’ interest. Each example builds on the previous material, and comments are used liberally. Every new aspect is thoroughly explained before it is used.
Users are encouraged to read the complete Learning Manual from start-to-finish.
Avoid duplication. Although users are not expected to read this manual from start to finish, they should be familiar with the material in the Learning Manual (particularly “Fundamental Concepts”), so do not repeat that material in each section of this book. Also watch out for common constructs, like ^ - _ for directions – those are explained in NR 3. In NR 1, you can write: DYNAMICS may be manually placed above or below the staff, see @ref{Controlling direction and placement}.
Most tweaks should be added to LSR and not placed directly in the ‘.itely’ file. In some cases, tweaks may be placed in the main text, but ask about this first.
Finally, you should assume that users know what the notation means; explaining musical concepts happens in the Music Glossary.
Users are not expected to read this manual from start to finish.
Users are not expected to read this manual from start to finish.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
main docs @predefined @endpredefined @snippets @morerefs @knownissues |
Music Glossary:
@rglos{foo},
@rglos{bar}.
Learning Manual:
@rlearning{baz},
@rlearning{foozle}.
Notation Reference:
@ruser{faazle},
@ruser{boo}.
Application Usage:
@rprogram{blah}.
Essay on automated music engraving:
@ressay{yadda}.
Extending LilyPond:
@rextend{frob}.
Installed Files:
@file{path/to/dir/blahz}.
Snippets: @rlsr{section}.
Internals Reference:
@rinternals{fazzle},
@rinternals{booar}.
|
("Snippets" is REQUIRED; the others are optional)
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Cross-references between different manuals are heavily used in the documentation, but they are not checked during compilation. However, if you compile the documentation, a script called check_texi_refs can help you with checking and fixing these cross-references; for information on usage, cd into a source tree where documentation has been built, cd into Documentation and run:
make check-xrefs make fix-xrefs |
Note that you have to find yourself the source files to fix cross-references in the generated documentation such as the Internals Reference; e.g. you can grep scm/ and lily/.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
@cindex pitches, writing in different octaves @funindex \relative |
Do not bother with the @code{} (they are added automatically). These items are added to both the command index and the unified index. Both index commands should go in front of the actual material.
@cindex time signature |
is preferred instead of “Time signature”. Only use capital letters for musical terms which demand them, e.g. “D.S. al Fine”.
@funindex modern-voice-cautionary
and NOT
@funindex #(set-accidental-style modern-voice-cautionary)
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
These refer to the NR. The LM uses a more gentle, colloquial style.
@command{lilypond}.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In the NR, I highly recommend focusing on one subsection at a time. For each subsection,
In general, I favor short text explanations with good examples – “an example is worth a thousand words”. When I worked on the docs, I spent about half my time just working on those tiny lilypond examples. Making easily-understandable examples is much harder than it looks.
In general, any \set or \override commands should go in the “select snippets” section, which means that they should go in LSR and not the ‘.itely’ file. For some cases, the command obviously belongs in the “main text” (i.e. not inside @predefined or @morerefs or whatever) – instrument names are a good example of this.
\set Staff.instrumentName = "foo" |
On the other side of this,
\override Score.Hairpin.after-line-breaking = ##t |
clearly belongs in LSR.
I’m quite willing to discuss specific cases if you think that a tweaks needs to be in the main text. But items that can go into LSR are easier to maintain, so I’d like to move as much as possible into there.
It would be “nice” if you spent a lot of time crafting nice tweaks for users… but my recommendation is not to do this. There’s a lot of doc work to do without adding examples of tweaks. Tweak examples can easily be added by normal users by adding them to the LSR.
One place where a documentation writer can profitably spend time writing or upgrading tweaks is creating tweaks to deal with known issues. It would be ideal if every significant known issue had a workaround to avoid the difficulty.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 5.7.1 Scripts to test the documentation | ||
| 5.7.2 Scripts to create documentation |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Building only one section of the documentation |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In order to save build time, a script is available to build only one section of the documentation in English with a default HTML appearance.
If you do not yet have a ‘build/’ subdirectory within the LilyPond Git tree, you should create this first. You can then build a section of the documentation with the following command:
scripts/auxiliar/doc-section.sh MANUAL SECTION |
where SECTION is the name of the file containing the section
to be built, and MANUAL is replaced by the name of the directory
containing the section. So, for example, to build section 1.1 of the
Notation Reference, use the command:
scripts/auxiliar/doc-section.sh notation pitches |
You can then see the generated document for the section at
build/tempdocs/pitches/out/pitches.html |
According to
LilyPond issue 1236,
the location of the LilyPond Git tree is taken from $LILYPOND_GIT
if specified, otherwise it is auto-detected.
It is assumed that compilation takes place in the ‘build/’
subdirectory, but this can be overridden by setting the environment
variable LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR.
Similarly, output defaults to ‘build/tempdocs/’ but this can be
overridden by setting the environment variable
LILYPOND_TEMPDOCS.
This script will not work for building sections of the Contributors’ Guide. For building sections of the Contributors’ Guide, use:
scripts/auxiliar/cg-section.sh SECTION |
where SECTION is the name of the file containing the sections
to be built. For example, to build section 4 of the Contributors’ Guide,
use:
scripts/auxiliar/cg-section.sh doc-work |
cg-section.sh uses the same environment variables and
corresponding default values as doc-section.sh.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| Stripping whitespace and generating menus | ||
| Stripping whitespace only | ||
Updating doc with convert-ly |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This script assumes that the file conforms to our doc policy, in particular with regard to Sectioning commands; a few files still need work in this regard.
To automatically regenerate @menu portions and strip
whitespace, use:
scripts/auxiliar/node-menuify.py FILENAME |
If you are adding documentation that requires new menus,
you will need to add a blank @menu section:
@menu @end menu |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To remove extra whitespace from the ends of lines, run
scripts/auxiliar/strip-whitespace.py FILENAME |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
convert-lyDon’t. This should be done by programmers when they add new
features. If you notice that it hasn’t been done, complain to
lilypond-devel.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Material in the Internals reference is generated automatically from our source code. Any doc work on Internals therefore requires modifying files in ‘scm/*.scm’. Texinfo is allowed in these docstrings.
Most documentation writers never touch these, though. If you want to work on them, please ask for help.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The mailing list translations@lilynet.net is dedicated to
LilyPond web site and documentation translation; on this list, you will
get support from the Translations Meister and experienced translators,
and we regularly discuss translation issues common to all languages.
All people interested in LilyPond translations are invited to subscribe
to this list regardless of the amount of their contribution, by sending
an email to translations-request@lilynet.net with subject
subscribe and an empty message body. Unless mentioned explicitly,
or except if a translations coordinator contacts you privately, you
should send questions, remarks and patches to the list
translations@lilynet.net. Please note that traffic is high
on the English-speaking list lilypond-user@gnu.org, so it may
take some time before your request or contribution is handled.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
First, get the sources of branch translation from the
Git repository, see Starting with Git.
| Translation requirements | ||
| Which documentation can be translated | ||
| Starting translation in a new language |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Working on LilyPond documentation translations requires the following pieces of software, in order to make use of dedicated helper tools:
It is not required to build LilyPond and the documentation to translate the documentation. However, if you have enough time and motivation and a suitable system, it can be very useful to build at least the documentation so that you can check the output yourself and more quickly; if you are interested, see Compiling.
Before undertaking any large translation work, contributors are encouraged to contact the Translation Meister.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The makefiles and scripts infrastructure currently supports translation of the following documentation:
Support for translating the following pieces of documentation should be added soon, by decreasing order of priority:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
At top of the source directory, do
./autogen.sh |
or (if you want to install your self-compiled LilyPond locally)
./autogen.sh --prefix=$HOME |
If you want to compile LilyPond – which is almost required to build
the documentation, but is not required to do translation only – fix
all dependencies and rerun ./configure (with the same
options as for autogen.sh).
Then cd into ‘Documentation/’ and run
make ISOLANG=MY-LANGUAGE new-lang |
where MY-LANGUAGE is the ISO 639 language code.
Finally, add a language definition for your language in ‘python/langdefs.py’, ‘Documentation/lilypond-texi2html-lang.init’ and ‘Documentation/web/server/lilypond.org.htaccess’. Add this language definition and the corresponding section in ‘Documentation/lilypond-texi2html.init’ and ‘scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py’.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Please follow all the instructions with care to ensure quality work.
All files should be encoded in UTF-8.
| Files to be translated | ||
| Translating the Web site and other Texinfo documentation | ||
| Adding a Texinfo manual |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Translation of ‘Documentation/foo/bar’ should be ‘Documentation/LANG/foo/bar’. Unmentioned files should not be translated.
Priorities:
Files of priority 1 should be submitted along all files generated by starting a new language in the same commit and thus a unique patch, and the translation of files marked with priority 2 should be committed to Git at the same time and thus sent in a single patch. Files marked with priority 3 or more may be submitted individually. Word counts (excluding LilyPond snippets) are given for each file. For knowing how to commit your work to Git, then make patches of your new translations as well as corrections and updates, see Basic Git procedures.
-1- Web site 752 web.texi 6073 web/introduction.itexi 1174 web/download.itexi 1139 macros.itexi 9 po/lilypond-doc.pot (translate to po/MY_LANGUAGE.po) 0 search-box.ihtml --- lilypond-texi2html.init (section TRANSLATIONS) 9147 total -2- Tutorial 1279 web/manuals.itexi 124 learning.tely 2536 learning/tutorial.itely 4517 learning/common-notation.itely 8456 total -3- Fundamental Concepts, starting of Usage and Community 11576 learning/fundamental.itely -- Fundamental concepts 135 usage.tely 6877 usage/running.itely 2097 usage/updating.itely 2359 web/community.itexi 23044 total -4- Rest of Learning manual and Suggestions on writing LilyPond files 16582 learning/tweaks.itely -- Tweaking output 1236 learning/templates.itely -- Templates 2793 usage/suggestions.itely -- Suggestions on writing LilyPond files 20611 total -5- Notation reference 361 notation.tely 91 notation/notation.itely -- Musical notation 5513 notation/pitches.itely 7098 notation/rhythms.itely 1907 notation/expressive.itely 1310 notation/repeats.itely 3001 notation/simultaneous.itely 3017 notation/staff.itely 1700 notation/editorial.itely 3572 notation/text.itely 81 notation/specialist.itely -- Specialist notation 5174 notation/vocal.itely 2177 notation/chords.itely 702 notation/piano.itely 1000 notation/percussion.itely 826 notation/guitar.itely 66 notation/strings.itely 242 notation/bagpipes.itely 5468 notation/ancient.itely 13941 notation/input.itely -- Input syntax 2164 notation/non-music.itely -- Non-musical notation 11050 notation/spacing.itely -- Spacing issues 17137 notation/changing-defaults.itely -- Changing defaults 5187 notation/programming-interface.itely -- Interfaces for programmers 3450 notation/notation-appendices.itely -- Notation manual tables 252 notation/cheatsheet.itely -- Cheat sheet 96487 total -6- Rest of Application Usage 4212 usage/lilypond-book.itely -- LilyPond-book 1122 usage/converters.itely -- Converting from other formats 5334 total -7- Appendices whose translation is optional 382 essay/literature.itely 1222 learning/scheme-tutorial.itely (should be revised first) 1604 total |
In addition, not listed above, Snippets’ titles and descriptions should be translated; they are a part of the Notation Reference and therefore their priority is 5.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Every piece of text should be translated in the source file, except
Texinfo comments, text in @lilypond blocks and a few cases
mentioned below.
Node names are translated, but the original node name in English should
be kept as the argument of @translationof put after the section
title; that is, every piece in the original file like
@node Foo bar @section_command Bar baz |
should be translated as
@node translation of Foo bar @section_command translation of Bar baz @translationof Foo bar |
The argument of @rglos commands and the first argument of
@rglosnamed commands must not be translated, as it is the node
name of an entry in Music Glossary.
Every time you translate a node name in a cross-reference, i.e. the
argument of commands @ref, @rprogram, @rlearning, @rlsr,
@ruser or the first argument of their *named variants,
you should make sure the target node is defined in the correct source
file; if you do not intend to translate the target node right now, you
should at least write the node definition (that is, the @node
@section_commmand @translationof trio mentioned above) in the
expected source file and define all its parent nodes; for each node you
have defined this way but have not translated, insert a line that
contains @untranslated. That is, you should end up
for each untranslated node with something like
@node translation of Foo bar @section_command translation of Bar baz @translationof Foo bar @untranslated |
Note: you do not have to translate the node name of a cross-reference to a node that you do not have translated. If you do, you must define an “empty” node like explained just above; this will produce a cross-reference with the translated node name in output, although the target node will still be in English. On the opposite, if all cross-references that refer to an untranslated node use the node name in English, then you do not have to define such an “empty” node, and the cross-reference text will appear in English in the output. The choice between these two strategies implies its particular maintenance requirements and is left to the translators, although the opinion of the Translation meister leans towards not translating these cross-references.
Please think of the fact that it may not make sense translating everything in some Texinfo files, and you may take distance from the original text; for instance, in the translation of the web site section Community, you may take this into account depending on what you know the community in your language is willing to support, which is possible only if you personally assume this support, or there exists a public forum or mailing list listed in Community for LilyPond in your language:
In any case, please mark in your work the sections which do not result
from the direct translation of a piece of English translation, using
comments i.e. lines starting with ‘@c’.
Finally, press in Emacs <C-c C-u C-a> to update or generate
menus. This process should be made easier in the future, when the helper
script texi-langutils.py and the makefile target are updated.
Some pieces of text manipulated by build scripts that appear in the
output are translated in a ‘.po’ file – just like LilyPond output
messages – in ‘Documentation/po’. The Gettext domain is named
lilypond-doc, and unlike lilypond domain it is not managed
through the Free Translation Project.
Take care of using typographic rules for your language, especially in ‘macros.itexi’.
If you wonder whether a word, phrase or larger piece of text should be translated, whether it is an argument of a Texinfo command or a small piece sandwiched between two Texinfo commands, try to track whether and where it appears in PDF and/or HTML output as visible text. This piece of advice is especially useful for translating ‘macros.itexi’.
Please keep verbatim copies of music snippets (in @lilypond
blocs). However, some music snippets containing text that shows in
the rendered music, and sometimes translating this text really helps
the user to understand the documentation; in this case, and only in
this case, you may as an exception translate text in the music
snippet, and then you must add a line immediately before the
@lilypond block, starting with
@c KEEP LY |
Otherwise the music snippet would be reset to the same content as the
English version at next make snippet-update run – see
Updating documentation translation.
When you encounter
@lilypondfile[<number of fragment options>,texidoc]{filename.ly}
|
in the source, open ‘Documentation/snippets/filename.ly’,
translate the texidoc header field it contains, enclose it with
texidocMY-LANGUAGE = " and ", and write it into
‘Documentation/MY-LANGUAGE/texidocs/filename.texidoc’.
Additionally, you may translate the snippet’s title in doctitle
header field, in case doctitle is a fragment option used in
@lilypondfile; you can do this exactly the same way as
texidoc. For instance,
‘Documentation/MY-LANGUAGE/texidocs/filename.texidoc’
may contain
doctitlees = "Spanish title baz" texidoces = " Spanish translation blah " |
@example blocks need not be verbatim copies, e.g. variable
names, file names and comments should be translated.
Finally, please carefully apply every rule exposed in Texinfo introduction and usage policy, and Documentation policy. If one of these rules conflicts with a rule specific to your language, please ask the Translation meister on translations@lilynet.net list and/or the Documentation Editors on lilypond-devel@gnu.org list.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In order to start translating a new manual, simply copy the English files within your language directory and translate them.
For example, if you want to translate the first chapter of the Learning Manual:
cp Documentation/learning.tely Documentation/LANG/learning.tely cp Documentation/learning/tutorial.itely Documentation/LANG/tutorial.itely |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Several tools have been developed to make translations maintenance easier. These helper scripts make use of the power of Git, the version control system used for LilyPond development.
You should use them whenever you would like to update the translation in your language, which you may do at the frequency that fits your and your cotranslators’ respective available times. In the case your translation is up-do-date (which you can discover in the first subsection below), it is enough to check its state every one or two weeks. If you feel overwhelmed by the quantity of documentation to be updated, see Maintaining without updating translations.
| Check state of translation | ||
| Updating documentation translation | ||
| Updating translation committishes |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
First pull from Git – see Pulling and rebasing, but DO NOT rebase
unless you are sure to master the translation state checking and
updating system – then cd into ‘Documentation/’ (or at top of the
source tree, replace make with make -C
Documentation) and run
make ISOLANG=MY_LANGUAGE check-translation |
This presents a diff of the original files since the most recent revision of the translation. To check a single file, cd into ‘Documentation/’ and run
make CHECKED_FILES=MY_LANGUAGE/manual/foo.itely check-translation |
In case this file has been renamed since you last updated the
translation, you should specify both old and new file names, e.g.
CHECKED_FILES=MY_LANGUAGE/{manual,user}/foo.itely.
To see only which files need to be updated, do
make ISOLANG=MY_LANGUAGE check-translation | grep 'diff --git' |
To avoid printing terminal colors control characters, which is often desirable when you redirect output to a file, run
make ISOLANG=MY_LANGUAGE NO_COLOR=1 check-translation |
You can see the diffs generated by the commands above as changes that you should make in your language to the existing translation, in order to make your translation up to date.
Note: do not forget to update the committish in each file you have completely updated, see Updating translation committishes.
Global state of the translation is recorded in ‘Documentation/translations.itexi’, which is used to generate Translations status page. To update that page, do from ‘Documentation/’
make translation-status |
This will also leave ‘out/translations-status.txt’, which contains up-to-dateness percentages for each translated file, and update word counts of documentation files in this Guide.
Maintaining without updating translations.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Instead of running check-translation, you may want to run
update-translation, which will run your favorite text editor to
update files. First, make sure environment variable EDITOR is
set to a text editor command, then run from ‘Documentation/’
make ISOLANG=MY_LANGUAGE update-translation |
or to update a single file
make CHECKED_FILES=MY_LANGUAGE/manual/foo.itely update-translation |
For each file to be updated, update-translation will open your
text editor with this file and a diff of the file in English; if the
diff cannot be generated or is bigger than the file in English itself,
the full file in English will be opened instead.
Note: do not forget to update the committish in each file you have completely updated, see Updating translation committishes.
‘.po’ message catalogs in ‘Documentation/po/’ may be updated by issuing from ‘Documentation/’ or ‘Documentation/po/’
make po-update |
Note: if you run po-update and somebody else does the same and pushes before you push or send a patch to be applied, there will be a conflict when you pull. Therefore, it is better that only the Translation meister runs this command. Furthermore, it has been borken since the GDP: variable names and comments do no longer appear as translated.
Updating music snippets can quickly become cumbersome, as most snippets should be identical in all languages. Fortunately, there is a script that can do this odd job for you (run from ‘Documentation/’):
make ISOLANG=MY_LANGUAGE snippet-update |
This script overwrites music snippets in
‘MY_LANGUAGE/foo/every.itely’ with music snippets from
‘foo/every.itely’. It ignores skeleton files, and keeps
intact music snippets preceded with a line starting with @c
KEEP LY; it reports an error for each ‘.itely’ that has not the
same music snippet count in both languages. Always use this script
with a lot of care, i.e. run it on a clean Git working tree, and check
the changes it made with git diff before committing; if you
don’t do so, some @lilypond snippets might be broken or make
no sense in their context.
Maintaining without updating translations, Adding and editing snippets.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
At the beginning of each translated file except PO files, there is a committish which represents the revision of the sources which you have used to translate this file from the file in English.
When you have pulled and updated a translation, it is very important to update this committish in the files you have completely updated (and only these); to do this, first commit possible changes to any documentation in English which you are sure to have done in your translation as well, then replace in the up-to-date translated files the old committish by the committish of latest commit, which can be obtained by doing
git rev-list HEAD |head -1 |
Most of the changes in the LSR snippets included in the documentation concern
the syntax, not the description inside texidoc="". This implies that
quite often you will have to update only the committish of the matching
.texidoc file. This can be a tedious work if there are many snippets to be
marked as up do date. You can use the following command to update the
committishes at once:
cd Documentation/LANG/texidocs
sed -i -r 's/[0-9a-z]{40}/NEW-COMMITTISH/' *.texidoc
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
These policies show the general intent of how the translations should be managed, they aim at helping translators, developers and coordinators work efficiently.
| Maintaining without updating translations | ||
| Managing documentation translation with Git |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Keeping translations up to date under heavy changes in the documentation in English may be almost impossible, especially as during the former Grand Documentation Project (GDP) or the Grand Organization Project (GOP) when a lot of contributors brings changes. In addition, translators may be — and that is a very good thing — involved in these projects too.
it is possible — and even recommended — to perform some maintenance that keeps translated documentation usable and eases future translation updating. The rationale below the tasks list motivates this plan.
The following tasks are listed in decreasing priority order.
make check-translation – you may want to redirect output
to a file because of overwhelming output, or call check-translation.py
on individual files, see Check state of translation.
@node and
@section-command from English docs, and add the marker for
untranslated status @untranslated on a single line. Note that
it is not possible to exactly match subsections or subsubsections of
documentation in English, when contents has been deeply revised; in this
case, keep obsolete (sub)subsections in the translation, marking them
with a line @c obsolete just before the node.
Emacs with Texinfo mode makes this step easier:
*Occur*; to show structure of two files
simultaneously, first split Emacs window in 4 tiles (with <C-x 1>
and <C-x 2>), press <C-c C-s> to show structure of one file
(e.g. the translated file), copy *Occur* contents into
*Scratch*, then press <C-c C-s> for the other file.
If you happen to have installed AucTeX, you can either call the macro by doing <M-x texinfo-show-structure> or create a key binding in your ‘~/.emacs’, by adding the four following lines:
(add-hook 'Texinfo-mode-hook
'(lambda ()
(define-key Texinfo-mode-map "\C-cs"
'texinfo-show-structure)))
|
and then obtain the structure in the *Occur* buffer with <C-c
s>.
@menus when all menu entries are in the same
file, just do <C-c C-u C-a> (“update all menus”) when you have
updated all the rest of the file.
node (or <C-s @node> if the text
contains the word ‘node’) then press <C-s> to move to next node
or <C-r> to move to previous node. Similar operation can be used
to move to the next/previous section. Note that every cursor move
exits incremental search, and hitting <C-s> twice starts
incremental search with the text entered in previous incremental
search.
https://lilypondwiki.tuxfamily.org/index.php?title=Documentation_coordination. |
make ISOLANG=YOUR-LANGUAGE fix-xrefs |
This step requires a successful documentation build (with make
doc). Some cross-references are broken because they point to a node
that exists in the documentation in English, which has not been added
to the translation; in this case, do not fix the cross-reference but
keep it "broken", so that the resulting HTML link will point to an
existing page of documentation in English.
You may wonder if it would not be better to leave translations as-is until you can really start updating translations. There are several reasons to do these maintenance tasks right now.
texi2html and node names are directly translated in source
files.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This policy explains how to manage Git branches and commit translations to Git.
translation branch. This branch is merged on
master once a week, approximately. Then,
master branch is merged on
translation, where the check-translation script (see
Check state of translation) shows changes in English docs which
should be translated, and the cycle starts again.
master only if they do not break compilation of LilyPond and
its documentation. Those changes could be pushed to
translation too, or alternatively translators could wait until
they come from
master the next time it is merged on
translation. Similarly, changes matching
stable/X.Y are preferably made on
X.Ytranslation.
translation Git branch may be merged into
master branch only if LilyPond (make all) and
documentation (make doc) compile successfully.
make and make doc are usually successful in
master Git branch because those tests should have already
succeeded when merging the contained commits.
master branch may be merged into
translation when significant changes had been made in
documentation in English in
master branch.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A number of Python scripts handle a part of the documentation translation process. All scripts used to maintain the translations are located in ‘scripts/auxiliar/’.
Other scripts are used in the build process, in ‘scripts/build/’:
Python modules used by scripts in ‘scripts/auxiliar/’ or ‘scripts/build/’ (but not by installed Python scripts) are located in ‘python/auxiliar/’:
And finally
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 6.1 Introduction to website work | ||
| 6.2 Uploading and security | ||
| 6.3 Debugging website and docs locally | ||
| 6.4 Translating the website |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The website is not written directly in HTML; instead it is autogenerated along with the documentation through a sophisticated setup, using Texinfo source files. Texinfo is the standard for documentation of GNU software and allows generating output in HTML, PDF, and Info formats, which drastically reduces maintenance effort and ensures that the website content is consistent with the rest of the documentation. This makes the environment for improving the website rather different from common web development.
If you have not contributed to LilyPond before, a good starting point might be incremental changes to the CSS file, to be found at https://lilypond.org/css/lilypond-website.css or in the LilyPond source code at ‘./Documentation/css/lilypond-website.css’.
Large scale structural changes tend to require familiarity with the project in general, a track record in working on LilyPond documentation as well as a prospect of long-term commitment.
The Texinfo source file for generating HTML are to be found in
Documentation/web.texi Documentation/web/*.texi |
Unless otherwise specified, follow the instructions and policies given in Documentation work. That chapter also contains a quick introduction to Texinfo; consulting an external Texinfo manual should be not necessary.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To reduce the CPU burden on the shared host (as well as some
security concerns), we do not compile all of LilyPond. The
website build process runs texi2html, but all media files
(be they graphical lilypond output, photos of people, or
pdfs) are copied from the $LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT
repository.
All scripts and makefiles used for the website build are run from a “trusted” copy. Any modification to those files in git needs a human to review the changes (after they have been made in git) before they are used on the server.
Initial setup: make sure that you have the environment variables
$LILYPOND_GIT, $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR and
$LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT set up correctly. For more
information, see Environment variables.
Once that is done,
cd $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR make website |
The website is in ‘out-website/website/index.html’.
Initial setup: you still need $LILYPOND_GIT and
$LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT.
Once that’s done, create:
mkdir -p $HOME/lilypond/ mkdir -p $HOME/lilypond/bin/ mkdir -p $HOME/lilypond/cron/ mkdir -p $HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts/ |
The add these files to ‘$HOME/lilypond/bin/’:
Update git repositories:
### update-git.sh #!/bin/sh cd $LILYPOND_GIT git fetch origin git merge origin/master cd $LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT git fetch origin git merge origin/master |
Check for any updates to trusted scripts / files:
### check-git.sh #!/bin/sh DEST=$HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts diff -u $DEST/website.make \ $LILYPOND_GIT/make/website.make diff -u $DEST/lilypond-texi2html.init \ $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/lilypond-texi2html.init diff -u $DEST/extract_texi_filenames.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/extract_texi_filenames.py diff -u $DEST/create-version-itexi.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py diff -u $DEST/create-weblinks-itexi.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py diff -u $DEST/mass-link.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/mass-link.py diff -u $DEST/website_post.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/website_post.py diff -u $DEST/bib2texi.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/bib2texi.py diff -u $DEST/langdefs.py \ $LILYPOND_GIT/python/langdefs.py diff -u $DEST/lilypond.org.htaccess \ $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/web/server/lilypond.org.htaccess diff -u $DEST/website-dir.htaccess \ $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/web/server/website-dir.htaccess |
If the changes look ok, make them trusted:
### copy-from-git.sh #!/bin/sh DEST=$HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts cp $LILYPOND_GIT/make/website.make \ $DEST/website.make cp $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/lilypond-texi2html.init \ $DEST/lilypond-texi2html.init cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/extract_texi_filenames.py \ $DEST/extract_texi_filenames.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py \ $DEST/create-version-itexi.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py \ $DEST/create-weblinks-itexi.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/mass-link.py \ $DEST/mass-link.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/website_post.py \ $DEST/website_post.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/build/bib2texi.py \ $DEST/bib2texi.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/python/langdefs.py \ $DEST/langdefs.py cp $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/web/server/lilypond.org.htaccess \ $DEST/lilypond.org.htaccess cp $LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/web/server/website-dir.htaccess \ $DEST/website-dir.htaccess |
Build the website:
### make-website.sh #!/bin/sh DEST=$HOME/web/ BUILD=$HOME/lilypond/build-website mkdir -p $BUILD cd $BUILD cp $HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts/website.make . make -f website.make WEBSITE_ONLY_BUILD=1 website rsync -raO $BUILD/out-website/website/ $DEST/website/ cp $BUILD/out-website/pictures $DEST cp $BUILD/out-website/.htaccess $DEST |
Then in the ‘cronjob/’ directory, put the cronjob to automate the trusted portions:
Note: cron will not inherit environment variables from
your main setup, so you must re-define any variables inside your
crontab.
# website-rebuild.cron LILYPOND_GIT= ... fill this in LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT= ... fill this in 11 * * * * $HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts/update-git.sh >/dev/null 2>&1 22 * * * * $HOME/lilypond/trusted-scripts/make-website.sh >/dev/null 2>&1 |
As the final stage of the setup, run your copy-from-git.sh
script, assuming that you trust the current state of scripts in
lilypond git.
When there is a change to the build scripts and/or website makefile, log in to the server (or your own home machine if you’re testing this there), and do
update-git.sh check-git.sh |
After reviewing the changes carefully, you can update the trusted
scripts with copy-from-git.sh.
Run make-website.sh; the final version ends up in
‘$HOME/web/’.
On the actual server, the website is generated hourly by user
graham the host lilypond.org. You can set up the
cronjob by doing:
crontab $HOME/lilypond/website-rebuild.cron |
You should symlink your own ‘~/lilypond/’ to ‘~graham/lilypond/’
If this directory does not exist, make it. Git master should go in ‘~/lilypond/lilypond-git/’ but make sure you enable:
git config core.filemode false |
If you have created any files in ‘~graham/lilypond/’ then please run:
chgrp lilypond ~graham/lilypond/ -R chmod 775 ~graham/lilypond/ -R |
Some information about the website is stored in ‘~graham/lilypond/*.txt’; this information should not be shared with people without trusted access to the server.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
mod_userdir, and use
$HOME/public_html as DocumentRoot (i.e. the root directory of
the web server).
make WEB_TARGETS="offline online" doc make website |
This will make all the language variants of the website. To save
a little time, just the English version can be made with the
command make WEB_LANGS='' website or the English and (for
example) the French with make WEB_LANGS='fr' website.
~/public_html/lilypond.org. Otherwise you’d better copy
to ~/public_html.
It’s highly recommended to have your build dir and web dir on the
same partition.
mkdir -p ~/public_html/doc/v2.19/ |
You may want to add also the stable documentation in
~/public_html/doc/v2.18/, extracting the contents of the html
directory present in the tarball available in
(web-big-page)All section ‘All’ in General Information. Just in case
you want to test the redirects to the stable documentation.
rsync -av --delete out-website/website ~/public_html/ cp out-website/.htaccess ~/public_html rsync -av --delete out-www/online-root/ ~/public_html/doc/v2.19/ |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
As it has much more audience, the website should be translated before the documentation; see Translating the documentation.
In addition to the normal documentation translation practices, there are a few additional things to note:
make website |
however, please note that this command is not designed for being
run multiple times. If you see unexpected output (mainly the page
footers getting all messed up), then delete your
‘out-website’ directory and run make website again.
### translation data sections in:
scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py scripts/build/website_post.py |
make website.
To test your translation, edit the WEB_LANGUAGES = line in
‘python/langdefs.py’. You will need to copy this updated
script to $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/python/out.
Do not submit a patch to add your language to this file unless
make website completes with fewer than 5 warnings.
@manualDevelLearningSplit. To get translated links, you
must change that to @manualDevelLearningSplit-es (for
es/Spanish translations, for example).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 7.1 Introduction to LSR | ||
| 7.2 Adding and editing snippets | ||
| 7.3 Approving snippets | ||
| 7.4 LSR to Git | ||
| 7.5 Fixing snippets in LilyPond sources | ||
| 7.6 Renaming a snippet | ||
| 7.7 Updating the LSR to a new version |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The LilyPond Snippet Repository (LSR) is a collection of lilypond examples. A subset of these examples are automatically imported into the documentation, making it easy for users to contribute to the docs without learning Git and Texinfo.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When you create (or find!) a nice snippet, if it is supported by the LilyPond version running on the LSR, please add it to the LSR. Go to LSR and log in – if you haven’t already, create an account. Follow the instructions on the website. These instructions also explain how to modify existing snippets.
If you think the snippet is particularly informative and you think it should be included in the documentation, tag it with “docs” and one or more other categories, or ask on the development list for somebody who has editing permissions to do it .
Please make sure that the lilypond code follows the guidelines in LilyPond formatting.
If a new snippet created for documentation purposes compiles with LilyPond version currently on LSR, it should be added to LSR, and a reference to the snippet should be added to the documentation. Please ask a documentation editor to add a reference to it in an appropriate place in the docs. (Note – it should appear in the snippets document automatically, once it has been imported into git and built. See LSR to Git.
If the new snippet uses new features that are not available in the current LSR version, the snippet should be added to ‘Documentation/snippets/new’ and a reference should be added to the manual.
Snippets created or updated in ‘Documentation/snippets/new’ should be copied to ‘Documentation/snippets’ by invoking at top of the source tree
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py |
Be sure that make doc runs successfully before submitting a
patch, to prevent breaking compilation.
When adding a file to this directory, please start the file with
\version "2.x.y"
\header {
% Use existing LSR tags other than 'docs'; see makelsr.py for
% the list of tags used to sort snippets. E.g.:
lsrtags = "rhythms,expressive-marks"
% This texidoc string will be formatted by Texinfo
texidoc = "
This code demonstrates ...
"
% Please put doctitle last so that the '% begin verbatim'
% mark will be added correctly by makelsr.py.
doctitle = "Snippet title"
}
|
and name the file ‘snippet-title.ly’.
Please ensure that the version number you use at the top of the
example is the minimum version that the file will compile with:
for example, if the LSR is currently at 2.14.2 and your example
requires 2.15.30, but the current development version of
lilypond is 2.17.5, put \version "2.15.30" in the
example.
Please also pay particular attention to the lines beginning
lsrtags = and doctitle =. The tags must match tags used
in the documentation, and the doctitle must match the
filename.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The main task of LSR editors is approving snippets. To find a list of unapproved snippets, log into LSR and select “No” from the dropdown menu to the right of the word “Approved” at the bottom of the interface, then click “Enable filter”.
Check each snippet:
Also, snippets tagged with “docs” should not be explaining (replicating) existing material in the docs. They should not refer to the docs; the docs should refer to them.
Note: Somebody could sneak a #'(system "rm -rf /")
command into our source tree if you do not do this! Take this
step VERY SERIOUSLY.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Snippets used in the documentation are in
‘$LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/snippets’. This directory
contains a complete set of the snippets in the LSR which are
tagged with ’docs’. The exact method for getting them there is
described below, but in essence they come from downloading a
tarball from the LSR and importing into the directory using the
makelsr script.
Any snippets which are too bleeding edge to run on the LSR (which uses a stable development version) are put into ‘$LILYPOND_GIT/Documentation/snippets/new’. Once the LSR has been upgraded so that these will run, then they are transferred to the LSR and deleted from ‘/snippets/new’.
’Git’ is the shorthand name for the Git repository that contains all the development code. For further information on setting this up see, Working with source code. An alternative to setting up a Git repository for people wanting to do LSR work is to get the source code from https://lilypond.org/website/development.html.
convert-ly script and the lilypond
binary are a bleeding edge version – the latest release or even
better, a fresh snapshot from Git master, with the environment
variable LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR correctly set up, see
Environment variables.
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py |
Commit the changes and make a patch. Check the patch has nothing
other than minor changes. If all is good and you’re confident in what
you’ve done, this can be merged directly to master.
makelsr.py
against them. From the top source directory, run:
wget http://lsr.di.unimi.it/download/lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F`.tar.gz tar -xzf lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F`.tar.gz make -C $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py lsr-snippets-docs-`date +%F` |
where date +%F gives the current date in format
YYYY-MM-DD (the snippets archive is usually generated around
03:50 CET, you may want to use date -d yesterday +%F
instead, depending on your time zone and the time you run this
commands sequence). make is included in this sequence so
that makelsr can run lilypond and
convert-ly versions that match current source tree; you can
select different binaries if desired or needed, to see options for
this do
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py --help |
Unsafe files printed in lsr-unsafe.txt: CHECK MANUALLY! git add Documentation/snippets/*.ly xargs git diff HEAD < lsr-unsafe.txt |
First, it’s important to check for any added files and add them to
the files git is tracking. Run git status and look
carefully to see if files have been added. If so, add them with
git add.
As the console says, makelsr creates a list of possibly
unsafe files in ‘lsr-unsafe.txt’ by running lilypond
against each snippet using the -dsafe switch. This list can be
quite long. However, by using the command xargs git diff HEAD <
lsr-unsafe.txt git will take that list and check whether any of the
snippets are different from the snippet already in master. If any is
different it must be checked manually VERY CAREFULLY.
Note: Somebody could sneak a #'(system "rm -rf /")
command into our source tree if you do not do this! Take this
step VERY SERIOUSLY.
If there is any doubt about any of the files, you are strongly advised to submit a merge request to get review.
master after the changes
passed automatic testing.
Note that whenever there is a snippet in
‘Documentation/snippets/new’ and another from the LSR with
the same file name, makelsr.py will overwrite the LSR
version with the one from ‘Documentation/snippets/new’.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If some snippet from ‘Documentation/snippets’ causes the documentation compilation to fail, the following steps should be followed to fix it reliably.
head -2 Documentation/snippets/foo.ly |
convert-ly; in this case, try to fix
convert-ly or report the problem on the development list, then
run makelsr.py again, see LSR to Git. In some cases,
when some features has been introduced or vastly changed so it requires
(or takes significant advantage of) important changes in the snippet, it
is simpler and recommended to write a new version of the snippet in
‘Documentation/snippets/new’, then run makelsr.py.
makelsr.py without argument from top of the source tree:
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py |
Then, inspect ‘Documentation/snippets/foo.ly’ to check that the fix has been well propagated.
If the build failure was caused by a translation string, you may have
to fix some ‘Documentation/lang/texidocs/foo.texidoc’
instead; in case the build failure comes only from translation
strings, it is not needed to run makelsr.py.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Due to the potential duality of snippets (i.e. they may exist both
in the LSR database, and in Documentation/snippets/new/),
this process is a bit more involved than we might like.
Documentation/snippets/new/, and
any instances of the snippet name in the documentation.
git grep is highly recommended for this task.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
To update the LSR, perform the following steps:
LANG=en_US, then run convert-ly on all
the files. Use the command-line option --to=version to
ensure the snippets are updated to the correct stable version.
convert-ly from the latest
available release to gain best advantage from the latest
converting-rules-updates.
For example:
Use convert-ly from 2.15.30 and the following terminal command for all files:
convert-ly -e -t2.14.2 *.ly |
Due to the workload involved, we do not require that you verify that all snippets produce the expected output. If you happen to notice any such snippets and can fix them, great; but as long as all snippets compile, don’t delay this step due to some weird output. If a snippet is not compiling, update it manually. If it’s not possible, delete it for now.
python script that will do this and which
needs testing. Please ask him for a copy if you wish to do this.
docs and that they are approved.
git add. Run make,
make doc and
make test to ensure the changes don’t break the build. Any
snippets that have had their file name changed or have been
deleted could break the build, and these will need correcting
step by step.
Below is a shell script to run LilyPond on all ‘.ly’ files in a directory.
If the script is run with a -s parameter, it runs silently except for reporting
failed files. If run with -c it also runs convert-ly prior to running
LilyPond.
#!/bin/bash
while getopts sc opt; do
case $opt in
s)
silent=true
;;
c)
convert=true
;;
esac
done
param=$ if [ $silent ]; then
param=${param:3}
fi
if [ $convert ]; then
param=${param:3}
fi
filter=${param:-"*.ly"}
for LILYFILE in $filter
do
STEM=$(basename "$LILYFILE" .ly)
if [ $convert ]; then
if [ $silent ]; then
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out/bin/convert-ly -e "$LILYFILE" >& "$STEM".con.txt
else
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out/bin/convert-ly -e "$LILYFILE"
fi
fi
if [ ! $silent ]; then
echo "running $LILYFILE..."
fi
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out/bin/lilypond --format=png "$LILYFILE" >& "$STEM".txt
RetVal=$?
if [ $RetVal -gt 0 ]; then
echo "$LILYFILE failed"
fi
done
|
Output from LilyPond is in ‘filename.txt’ and convert-ly in ‘filename.con.txt’.
Elu
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This chapter deals with defects, feature requests, and miscellaneous development tasks.
| 8.1 Introduction to issues | ||
| 8.2 The Bug Squad | ||
| 8.3 Issue classification | ||
| 8.4 Adding issues to the tracker | ||
| 8.5 Patch handling | ||
| 8.6 Summary of project status |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: All the tasks in this chapter require no programming skills and can be done by anyone with a web browser, an email client and the ability to run LilyPond.
The term ‘issues’ refers not just to software bugs but also includes feature requests, documentation additions and corrections as well as any other general code ‘TODOs’ that need to be kept track of.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 8.2.1 Bug Squad setup | ||
| 8.2.2 Bug Squad checklists |
To help keep track and organize all issues are a group of tireless volunteers collectively known as the Bug Squad. Composed mainly of non-programmers, the Bug Squad’s responsibilities include:
The Bug Meister also helps check the current Regression tests and highlights any significant changes (or problems) since the previous LilyPond release.
If you would like to be part of the Bug Squad, please contact the Bug Meister.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We highly recommend that you configure your email client to use some kind of sorting and filtering as this will significantly reduce and simplify your workload. Suggested email folder names are mentioned below to work when sorted alphabetically.
bug-lilypond. See
https://lists.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-lilypond.
To: or CC: to
bug-lilypond |
should be configured to go into a bug-current folder.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When you do Bug Squad work, start at the top of this page and work your way down. Stop when you’ve done 20 minutes.
Please use the email sorting described in Bug Squad setup.
This means that (as Bug Squad members) you will only ever respond
to emails sent or CC’d to the bug-lilypond mailing list.
You are not expected to work on Bug Squad matters outside of your
20 minutes, but sometimes a confused user will send a bug report
(or an update to a report) to you personally. If that happens,
please forward such emails to the bug-lilypond list so that
the currently-active Bug Squad member(s) can handle the message.
Monday: Federico Bruni Tuesday: Graham Percival Wednesday: Simon Albrecht Thursday: Colin Campbell Friday: Ralph Palmer Saturday: Colin Campbell Sunday: Graham Percival |
bug-answersSome of these emails will be comments on issues that you added to the tracker.
bug-ignore folder.
Some of these emails will be discussions about Bug Squad work; read those.
bug-currentDealing with these emails is your main task. Your job is to get rid of these emails in the first method which is applicable:
For questions about how to use LilyPond, please read our documentation available from: https://lilypond.org/website/manuals.html or ask the lilypond-user mailing list. |
lilypond-devel.
I'm sorry, but due to our limited resources for handling bugs, we can only accept reports in the form of Tiny examples. Please see step 2 in our bug reporting guidelines: https://lilypond.org/website/bug-reports.html |
How does the graphical output differ from what the user expected? What version of lilypond was used (if not given) and operating system (if this is a suspected cause of the problem)? In short, if you cannot understand what the problem is, ask the user to explain more. It is the user’s responsibility to explain the problem, not your responsibility to understand it.
I believe that this is the expected behaviour -- please read our documentation about this topic. If you think that it really is a mistake, please explain in more detail. If you think that the docs are unclear, please suggest an improvement as described by “Simple tasks -- Documentation” on: https://lilypond.org/website/help-us.html |
This issue has already been reported; you can follow the discussion and be notified about fixes here: |
(copy+paste the google code issue URL)
All emails should be CC’d to the bug-lilypond list so that
other Bug Squad members know that you have processed the email.
Note: There is no option for “ignore the bug report” – if you cannot find a reason to reject the report, you must accept it.
After every release (both stable and unstable):
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/issues?state=closed&label_name[]=Status%3A%3AFixed |
You should see a list of issues that have been marked as ’Status::Fixed’ by a developer. If the developer has done their job properly, the issue should have the “Labels” field filled in with “Fixed_x_y_z”, where X is the major version, y the minor version and z the current release.
Fixed_2_19_39 |
This will help you work out which you can verify - do not verify any issues where the claimed fixed build is not yet released. Work your way through these as follows:
If the issue refers to a bug, try to reproduce the bug with the latest officially released version (not one you’ve built yourself from source); if the bug is no longer there, mark the issue “Status::Verified” (i.e., “the fix has been verified to work”).
Quite a few of these will be issues tracking patches. You do not have to prove these patches work - simply that they have been pushed into the code base. The developer should have put information similar to “Pushed as as d8fce1e1ea2aca1a82e25e47805aef0f70f511b9” in the tracker. The long list of letters and numbers is called the “committish”. Providing you can find this at the git tracker:
http://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=lilypond.git |
then you should mark the issue as verified. A quick way of finding these is to enter the committish at the following address:
http://philholmes.net/lilypond/git/ |
The Issue tracker also requires that any issues labelled as “Duplicate” are also verified. Check that the linked issue is a duplicate and verify the issue.
A few (approximately 10%) of the fixed issues relate to the build system or fundamental architecture changes; there is no way for you to verify these. Leave those issues alone; somebody else will handle them.
https://lilypond.org/test/ |
If anything has changed suspiciously, ask if it was deliberate. If the text output from LilyPond (the logfile) changes, the differences will be displayed with a + before text added to the logfile and - before any text removed from the logfile. This may or may not be suspicious.
More information is available from in Precompiled regression tests.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Bug Squad should classify issues according to the guidelines given by developers. Every issue should have a Status and Type; the other fields are optional.
Open issues:
Closed issues:
Newly-added issues should have no owner. When a contributor indicates that he has Started or Fixed an item, he should become the owner.
The issue’s Type should be the first relevant item in this list.
Currently, only Critical items will block a stable release.
lilypond
binary, scm files, fonts, etc).
Issues that only affect specific operating systems.
Normal Bug Squad members should not add or modify Patch issues except to verify them; for all other Patch work, leave them to the Patch Meister.
Developers with git push ability can use this category, skipping
over patch-new.
If the patch is updated, the category should be changed to
patch-new (for normal contributors) or patch-review
(for developers who are very confident about their patch).
Other labels:
To help decide whether the change is a regression, please adopt the following process:
In particular, anything that breaks a regression test is a regression.
If you particularly want to add a label not in the list, go ahead, but this is not recommended, except when an issue is marked as fixed. In this case it should be labeled Fixed_mm_MM_ss, where mm is major version, MM minor version and ss current release.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This should only be done by the Bug Squad or experienced developers. Normal users should not do this; instead, they should follow the guidelines for (web-big-page)Bug reports section ‘Bug reports’ in General Information.
In order to assign labels to issues, Bug Squad members should log in to their google account before adding an item.
Status and Type- labels.
Include output with the first applicable method:
lilypond -dpreview bug.ly |
lilypond --png bug.ly |
lilypond --png bug.ly |
trimtagline.sh script, which can be found at
https://raw.github.com/gperciva/lilypond-extra/master/bug-squad/trimtagline.sh |
trimtagline.sh bug.ly |
lilypond --pdf bug.ly |
Note that this is likely to be extremely rare; most bugs should fit into the first two categories above.
user and
bugs), then reply to all those mailing lists as well. The
email should contain a link to the issue you just added.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This is not a Bug Squad responsibility; we have a separate person handling this task.
For contributors/developers: follow the steps in Patches, and Merging to master.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
All issues
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/issues |
These issues stop or slow development work:
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/issues?label_name[]=Type%3A%3AMaintainability |
Issues tagged with Frog indicates a task suitable for a
relatively new contributor. The time given is a quick (and probably
inaccurate) estimate of the time required for somebody who is familiar
with material in this manual, but does not know anything else about
LilyPond development.
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/issues?label_name[]=Frog |
Overview
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?sort=label_priority |
New patches
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?label_name[]=Patch%3A%3Anew |
Patches under Review
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?label_name%5B%5D=Patch%3A%3Areview |
Patches on final Countdown
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?label_name%5B%5D=Patch%3A%3Acountdown |
Patches that can be pushed
https://gitlab.com/lilypond/lilypond/-/merge_requests?label_name%5B%5D=Patch%3A%3Apush |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond has a complete suite of regression tests that are used to ensure that changes to the code do not break existing behavior. These regression tests comprise small LilyPond snippets that test the functionality of each part of LilyPond.
Regression tests are added when new functionality is added to LilyPond. We do not yet have a policy on when it is appropriate to add or modify a regtest when bugs are fixed. Individual developers should use their best judgement until this is clarified during the Grand Organization Project (GOP).
The regression tests are compiled using special make
targets. There are three primary uses for the regression
tests. First, successful completion of the regression tests means
that LilyPond has been properly built. Second, the output of the
regression tests can be manually checked to ensure that
the graphical output matches the description of the intended
output. Third, the regression test output from two different
versions of LilyPond can be automatically compared to identify
any differences. These differences should then be manually
checked to ensure that the differences are intended.
Regression tests (“regtests”) are available in precompiled form as part of the documentation. Regtests can also be compiled on any machine that has a properly configured LilyPond build system.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
As part of the release process, the regression tests are run for every LilyPond release. Full regression test output is available for every stable version and the most recent development version.
Regression test output is available in HTML and PDF format. Links to the regression test output are available at the developer’s resources page for the version of interest.
The latest stable version of the regtests is found at:
https://lilypond.org/doc/stable/input/regression/collated-files.html |
The latest development version of the regtests is found at:
https://lilypond.org/doc/latest/input/regression/collated-files.html |
Each time a new version is released, the regtests are compiled and the output is automatically compared with the output of the previous release. The result of these comparisons is archived online:
https://lilypond.org/test/ |
Checking these pages is a very important task for the LilyPond project. You are invited to report anything that looks broken, or any case where the output quality is not on par with the previous release, as described in (web-big-page)Bug reports section ‘Bug reports’ in General Information.
The test comparison shows all of the changes that occurred between the current release and the prior release. Each test that has a significant (noticeable) difference in output is displayed, with the old version on the left and the new version on the right.
Some of the small changes can be ignored (slightly different slur shapes, small variations in note spacing), but this is not always the case: sometimes even the smallest change means that something is wrong. To help in distinguishing these cases, we use bigger staff size when small differences matter.
Staff size 30 generally means "pay extra attention to details". Staff size 40 (two times bigger than default size) or more means that the regtest is about the details.
Staff size smaller than default doesn’t mean anything.
Regression tests whose output is the same for both versions are not shown in the test comparison.
There are often minor adjustments in spacing which do not indicate any problem.
The main thing to examine are any changes in page counts – if a file used to fit on 1 page but now requires 4 or 5 pages, something is suspicious!
make test-baseline with a different amount of CPU threads than
make check. Try redoing tests from scratch with the same
number of threads each time – see Saving time with the ‘-j’ option.
Note: The automatic comparison of the regtests checks the LilyPond bounding boxes. This means that Ghostscript changes and changes in lyrics or text are not found.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Developers may wish to see the output of the complete regression test suite for the current version of the source repository between releases. Current source code is available; see Working with source code.
For regression testing ../configure should be run with the
--disable-optimising option. Then you will need
to build the LilyPond binary; see Compiling LilyPond.
Uninstalling the previous LilyPond version is not necessary, nor is
running make install, since the tests will automatically be
compiled with the LilyPond binary you have just built in your source
directory.
From this point, the regtests are compiled with:
make test |
If you have a multi-core machine you may want to use the ‘-j’
option and CPU_COUNT variable, as
described in Saving time with CPU_COUNT.
For a quad-core processor the complete command would be:
make -j5 CPU_COUNT=5 test |
The regtest output will then be available in ‘input/regression/out-test’. ‘input/regression/out-test/collated-examples.html’ contains a listing of all the regression tests that were run, but none of the images are included. Individual images are also available in this directory.
The primary use of ‘make test’ is to verify that the regression tests all run without error. The regression test page that is part of the documentation is created only when the documentation is built, as described in Generating documentation. Note that building the documentation requires more installed components than building the source code, as described in Requirements for building documentation.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Before modified code is committed to master,
a regression test
comparison must be completed to ensure that the changes have
not caused problems with previously working code. The comparison
is made automatically upon compiling the regression test suite
twice.
make clean # whenever any files in mf/ are modified make test-baseline |
make check |
After this has finished, a regression test comparison will be available (relative to the current ‘build/’ directory) at:
out/test-results/index.html |
For each regression test that differs between the baseline and the changed code, a regression test entry will be displayed. Ideally, the only changes would be the changes that you were working on. If regressions are introduced, they must be fixed before committing the code.
If you want to continue programming, then make any additional code changes, and continue.
make doc completes successfully.
Advanced note: Once a test baseline has been established, there is no need to run it again
unless git master changed. In other words, if you work with several branches
and want to do regtests comparison for all of them, you can
make test-baseline with git master, checkout some branch,
make check it, then switch to another branch,
make test-clean and make check it without doing
make test-baseline again.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
As an alternative to the make test method for regtest checking (which
relies upon .signature files created by a LilyPond run and which describe
the placing of grobs) there is a script which compares the output of two
LilyPond versions pixel-by-pixel. To use this, start by checking out the
version of LilyPond you want to use as a baseline, and run make. Then,
do the following:
cd $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/auxiliar/ ./make-regtest-pngs.sh -j9 -o |
The -j9 option tells the script to use 9 CPUs to create the
images - change this to your own CPU count+1. -o means this is the "old"
version. This will create images of all the regtests in
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out-png-check/old-regtest-results/ |
Now checkout the version you want to compare with the baseline. Run
make again to recreate the LilyPond binary. Then, do the following:
cd $LILYPOND_GIT/scripts/auxiliar/ ./make-regtest-pngs.sh -j9 -n |
The -n option tells the script to make a "new" version of the
images. They are created in
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out-png-check/new-regtest-results/ |
Once the new images have been created, the script compares the old images with the new ones pixel-by-pixel and prints a list of the different images to the terminal, together with a count of how many differences were found. The results of the checks are in
$LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/out-png-check/regtest-diffs/ |
To check for differences, browse that directory with an image viewer. Differences are shown in red. Be aware that some images with complex fonts or spacing annotations always display a few minor differences. These can safely be ignored.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Git has special functionality to help tracking down the exact
commit which causes a problem. See the git manual page for
git bisect. This is a job that non-programmers can do,
although it requires familiarity with git, ability to compile
LilyPond, and generally a fair amount of technical knowledge. A
brief summary is given below, but you may need to consult other
documentation for in-depth explanations.
Even if you are not familiar with git or are not able to compile
LilyPond you can still help to narrow down the cause of a
regression simply by downloading the binary releases of different
LilyPond versions and testing them for the regression. Knowing
which version of LilyPond first exhibited the regression is
helpful to a developer as it shortens the git bisect
procedure.
Once a problematic commit is identified, the programmers’ job is much easier. In fact, for most regression bugs, the majority of the time is spent simply finding the problematic commit.
More information is in Regression tests.
We need to set up the bisect for each problem we want to investigate.
Suppose we have an input file which compiled in version 2.13.32, but fails in version 2.13.38 and above.
git bisect start |
git bisect bad release/2.13.38-1 |
(you can see tags with: git tag )
git bisect good release/2.13.32-1 |
You should now see something like:
Bisecting: 195 revisions left to test after this (roughly 8 steps) [b17e2f3d7a5853a30f7d5a3cdc6b5079e77a3d2a] Web: Announcement update for the new “LilyPond Report”. |
make |
out/bin/lilypond test.ly |
git bisect bad |
git bisect good |
6d28aebbaaab1be9961a00bf15a1ef93acb91e30 is the first bad commit %%% ... blah blah blah ... |
If there is still a range of commits, then git will automatically select a new version for you to test. Go to step #1.
build/ directory, and alternates
between these commands:
make out/bin/lilypond test.ly |
git bisect good git bisect bad |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond comes with a complete set of regtests for the MusicXML language. Originally developed to test ‘musicxml2ly’, these regression tests can be used to test any MusicXML implementation.
The MusicXML regression tests are found at ‘input/regression/musicxml/’.
The output resulting from running these tests through ‘musicxml2ly’ followed by ‘lilypond’ is available in the LilyPond documentation:
https://lilypond.org/doc/latest/input/regression/musicxml/collated-files |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond processes the input file into graphical and musical output in a number of stages. This process, along with the types of routines that accomplish the various stages of the process, is described in this section. A more complete description of the LilyPond architecture and internal program execution is found in Erik Sandberg’s master’s thesis.
The first stage of LilyPond processing is parsing. In the parsing process, music expressions in LilyPond input format are converted to music expressions in Scheme format. In Scheme format, a music expression is a list in tree form, with nodes that indicate the relationships between various music events. The LilyPond parser is written in Bison.
The second stage of LilyPond processing is iterating. Iterating assigns each music event to a context, which is the environment in which the music will be finally engraved. The context is responsible for all further processing of the music. It is during the iteration stage that contexts are created as necessary to ensure that every note has a Voice type context (e.g. Voice, TabVoice, DrumVoice, CueVoice, MensuralVoice, VaticanaVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice), that the Voice type contexts exist in appropriate Staff type contexts, and that parallel Staff type contexts exist in StaffGroup type contexts. In addition, during the iteration stage each music event is assigned a moment, or a time in the music when the event begins.
Each type of music event has an associated iterator. Iterators are defined in ‘*-iterator.cc’. During iteration, an event’s iterator is called to deliver that music event to the appropriate context(s).
The final stage of LilyPond processing is translation. During translation, music events are prepared for graphical or midi output. The translation step is accomplished by the polymorphic base class Translator through its two derived classes: Engraver (for graphical output) and Performer (for midi output).
Translators are defined in C++ files named ‘*-engraver.cc’ and ‘*-performer.cc’. Much of the work of translating is handled by Scheme functions, which is one of the keys to LilyPond’s exceptional flexibility.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Programming in LilyPond is done in a variety of programming languages. Each language is used for a specific purpose or purposes. This section describes the languages used and provides links to reference manuals and tutorials for the relevant language.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The core functionality of LilyPond is implemented in C++.
C++ is so ubiquitous that it is difficult to identify either a reference manual or a tutorial. Programmers unfamiliar with C++ will need to spend some time to learn the language before attempting to modify the C++ code.
The C++ code calls Scheme/GUILE through the GUILE interface, which is documented in the GUILE Reference Manual.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The LilyPond lexer is implemented in Flex, an implementation of the Unix lex lexical analyser generator. Resources for Flex can be found here.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The LilyPond parser is implemented in Bison, a GNU parser generator. The Bison homepage is found at gnu.org. The manual (which includes both a reference and tutorial) is available in a variety of formats.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
GNU Make is used to control the compiling process and to build the documentation and the website. GNU Make documentation is available at the GNU website.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
GUILE is the dialect of Scheme that is used as LilyPond’s extension language. Many extensions to LilyPond are written entirely in GUILE. The GUILE Reference Manual is available online.
Structure and Interpretation of Computer Programs, a popular textbook used to teach programming in Scheme is available in its entirety online.
An introduction to Guile/Scheme as used in LilyPond can be found in the (extending-big-page)Scheme tutorial section ‘Scheme tutorial’ in Extending.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
MetaFont is used to create the music fonts used by LilyPond. A MetaFont tutorial is available at the METAFONT tutorial page.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
PostScript is used to generate graphical output. A brief PostScript tutorial is available online. The PostScript Language Reference is available online in PDF format.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Python is used for XML2ly and is used for building the documentation and the website.
Python documentation is available at python.org.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) is an XML-based markup language used to generate graphical output. A brief SVG tutorial is available online through W3 Schools. The World Wide Web Consortium’s SVG 1.2 Recommendation is available online in PDF format.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Much of the development work in LilyPond takes place by changing ‘*.ly’ or ‘*.scm’ files. These changes can be made without compiling LilyPond. Such changes are described in this section.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Much of LilyPond is written in Scheme or LilyPond input files. These files are interpreted when the program is run, rather than being compiled when the program is built, and are present in all LilyPond distributions. You will find ‘.ly’ files in the ‘ly/’ directory and the Scheme files in the ‘scm/’ directory. Both Scheme files and ‘.ly’ files can be modified and saved with any text editor. It’s probably wise to make a backup copy of your files before you modify them, although you can reinstall if the files become corrupted.
Once you’ve modified the files, you can test the changes just by running LilyPond on some input file. It’s a good idea to create a file that demonstrates the feature you’re trying to add. This file will eventually become a regression test and will be part of the LilyPond distribution.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Files that are part of the LilyPond distribution have Unix-style line endings (LF), rather than DOS (CR+LF) or MacOS 9 and earlier (CR). Make sure you use the necessary tools to ensure that Unix-style line endings are preserved in the patches you create.
Tab characters should not be included in files for distribution. All indentation should be done with spaces. Most editors have settings to allow the setting of tab stops and ensuring that no tab characters are included in the file.
Scheme files and LilyPond files should be written according to standard style guidelines. Scheme file guidelines can be found at http://community.schemewiki.org/?scheme-style. Following these guidelines will make your code easier to read. Both you and others that work on your code will be glad you followed these guidelines.
For LilyPond files, you should follow the guidelines for LilyPond snippets in the documentation. You can find these guidelines at Texinfo introduction and usage policy.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When making changes or fixing bugs in LilyPond, one of the initial challenges is finding out where in the code tree the functions to be modified live. With nearly 3000 files in the source tree, trial-and-error searching is generally ineffective. This section describes a process for finding interesting code.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The file ROADMAP is located in the main directory of the lilypond source. ROADMAP lists all of the directories in the LilyPond source tree, along with a brief description of the kind of files found in each directory. This can be a very helpful tool for deciding which directories to search when looking for a function.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Having identified a likely subdirectory to search, the grep utility can be used to search for a function name. The format of the grep command is
grep -i functionName subdirectory/* |
This command will search all the contents of the directory subdirectory/
and display every line in any of the files that contains
functionName. The ‘-i’ option makes grep ignore
case – this can be very useful if you are not yet familiar with
our capitalization conventions.
The most likely directories to grep for function names are ‘scm/’ for scheme files, ly/ for lilypond input (‘*.ly’) files, and ‘lily/’ for C++ files.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If you have used git to obtain the source, you have access to a powerful tool to search for functions. The command:
git grep functionName |
will search through all of the files that are present in the git
repository looking for functionName. It also presents the results
of the search using less, so the results are displayed one page
at a time.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
GitLab’s web interface provides a built-in search.
Alternatively you can also use the equivalent of git grep on the Savannah server.
This will initiate a search of the remote git repository.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This section describes style guidelines for LilyPond source code.
| 10.5.1 Languages | ||
| 10.5.2 Filenames | ||
| 10.5.3 Indentation | ||
| 10.5.4 Naming Conventions | ||
| 10.5.5 Broken code | ||
| 10.5.6 Code comments | ||
| 10.5.7 Handling errors | ||
| 10.5.8 Localization |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
C++ and Python are preferred. Python code should use PEP 8.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Definitions of classes that are only accessed via pointers (*) or references (&) shall not be included as include files.
filenames
".hh" Include files
".cc" Implementation files
".icc" Inline definition files
".tcc" non inline Template defs
in emacs:
(setq auto-mode-alist
(append '(("\\.make$" . makefile-mode)
("\\.cc$" . c++-mode)
("\\.icc$" . c++-mode)
("\\.tcc$" . c++-mode)
("\\.hh$" . c++-mode)
("\\.pod$" . text-mode)
)
auto-mode-alist))
The class Class_name is coded in ‘class-name.*’
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Standard GNU coding style is used.
fixcc.py (recommended)LilyPond provides a python script that will adjust the indentation
and spacing on a .cc or .hh file to very near the
GNU standard:
scripts/auxiliar/fixcc.py FILENAME |
This can be run on all files at once, but this is not recommended for normal contributors or developers.
scripts/auxiliar/fixcc.py \ $(find flower lily -name '*cc' -o -name '*hh' | grep -v /out) |
The following hooks will produce indentation which is similar to
our official indentation as produced with fixcc.py.
(add-hook 'c++-mode-hook
'(lambda ()
(c-set-style "gnu")
(setq indent-tabs-mode nil))
|
If you like using font-lock, you can also add this to your ‘.emacs’:
(setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
(setq c++-font-lock-keywords-3
(append
c++-font-lock-keywords-3
'(("\\b\\(a-zA-Z_?+_\\)\\b" 1 font-lock-variable-name-face) ("\\b\\(A-Z?+a-z_?+\\)\\b" 1 font-lock-type-face))
))
|
Although emacs indentation is the GNU standard, correct indentation for C++ files can be achieved by using the settings recommended in the GNU GCC Wiki. Save the following in ‘~/.vim/after/ftplugin/cpp.vim’:
setlocal cindent
setlocal cinoptions=>4,n-2,{2,^-2,:2,=2,g0,h2,p5,t0,+2,(0,u0,w1,m1
setlocal shiftwidth=2
setlocal softtabstop=2
setlocal textwidth=79
setlocal fo-=ro fo+=cql
" use spaces instead of tabs
setlocal expandtab
" remove trailing whitespace on write
autocmd BufWritePre * :%s/\s\+$//e
|
With these settings, files can be reindented automatically by
highlighting the lines to be indented in visual mode (use V to
enter visual mode) and pressing =, or a single line
correctly indented in normal mode by pressing ==.
A ‘scheme.vim’ file will help improve the indentation of Scheme code. This one was suggested by Patrick McCarty. It should be saved in ‘~/.vim/after/syntax/scheme.vim’.
" Additional Guile-specific 'forms' syn keyword schemeSyntax define-public define*-public syn keyword schemeSyntax define* lambda* let-keywords* syn keyword schemeSyntax defmacro defmacro* define-macro syn keyword schemeSyntax defmacro-public defmacro*-public syn keyword schemeSyntax use-modules define-module syn keyword schemeSyntax define-method define-class " Additional LilyPond-specific 'forms' syn keyword schemeSyntax define-markup-command define-markup-list-command syn keyword schemeSyntax define-safe-public define-music-function syn keyword schemeSyntax def-grace-function " All of the above should influence indenting too setlocal lw+=define-public,define*-public setlocal lw+=define*,lambda*,let-keywords* setlocal lw+=defmacro,defmacro*,define-macro setlocal lw+=defmacro-public,defmacro*-public setlocal lw+=use-modules,define-module setlocal lw+=define-method,define-class setlocal lw+=define-markup-command,define-markup-list-command setlocal lw+=define-safe-public,define-music-function setlocal lw+=def-grace-function " These forms should not influence indenting setlocal lw-=if setlocal lw-=set! " Try to highlight all ly: procedures syn match schemeFunc "ly:[^) ]\+" |
For documentation work on texinfo files, identify the file extensions used as texinfo files in your ‘.vim/filetype.vim’:
if exists("did_load_filetypes")
finish
endif
augroup filetypedetect
au! BufRead,BufNewFile *.itely setfiletype texinfo
au! BufRead,BufNewFile *.itexi setfiletype texinfo
au! BufRead,BufNewFile *.tely setfiletype texinfo
augroup END
|
and add these settings in ‘.vim/after/ftplugin/texinfo.vim’:
setlocal expandtab setlocal shiftwidth=2 setlocal textwidth=66 |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Naming conventions have been established for LilyPond source code.
Classes begin with an uppercase letter, and words
in class names are separated with _:
This_is_a_class
Member variable names end with an underscore:
Type Class::member_
Macro names should be written in uppercase completely,
with words separated by _:
THIS_IS_A_MACRO
Variable names should be complete words, rather than abbreviations.
For example, it is preferred to use thickness rather than
th or t.
Multi-word variable names in C++ should have the words separated by the underscore character (‘_’):
cxx_multiword_variable
Multi-word variable names in Scheme should have the words separated by a hyphen (‘-’):
scheme-multiword-variable
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Do not write broken code. This includes hardwired dependencies, hardwired constants, slow algorithms and obvious limitations. If you can not avoid it, mark the place clearly, and add a comment explaining shortcomings of the code.
Ideally, the comment marking the shortcoming would include TODO, so that it is marked for future fixing.
We reject broken-in-advance on principle.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Comments may not be needed if descriptive variable names are used in the code and the logic is straightforward. However, if the logic is difficult to follow, and particularly if non-obvious code has been included to resolve a bug, a comment describing the logic and/or the need for the non-obvious code should be included.
There are instances where the current code could be commented better. If significant time is required to understand the code as part of preparing a patch, it would be wise to add comments reflecting your understanding to make future work easier.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
As a general rule, you should always try to continue computations, even if there is some kind of error. When the program stops, it is often very hard for a user to pinpoint what part of the input causes an error. Finding the culprit is much easier if there is some viewable output.
So functions and methods do not return errorcodes, they never crash, but report a programming_error and try to carry on.
Error and warning messages need to be localized.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This document provides some guidelines to help programmers write proper user messages. To help translations, user messages must follow uniform conventions. Follow these rules when coding for LilyPond. Hopefully, this can be replaced by general GNU guidelines in the future. Even better would be to have an English (en_GB, en_US) guide helping programmers writing consistent messages for all GNU programs.
Non-preferred messages are marked with ‘+’. By convention, ungrammatical examples are marked with ‘*’. However, such ungrammatical examples may still be preferred.
warning (_ ("need music in a score"));
error (_f ("cannot open file: `%s'", file_name));
|
In some rare cases you may need to call ‘gettext ()’ by hand. This happens when you pre-define (a list of) string constants for later use. In that case, you’ll probably also need to mark these string constants for translation, using ‘_i (STRING)’. The ‘_i’ macro is a no-op, it only serves as a marker for ‘xgettext’.
char const* messages[] = {
_i ("enable debugging output"),
_i ("ignore lilypond version"),
0
};
void
foo (int i)
{
puts (gettext (messages i));
}
|
See also ‘flower/getopt-long.cc’ and ‘lily/main.cc’.
message ("Calculating line breaks..." + " ");
|
foo.ly: 12: not a duration: 3 |
Messages containing a final verb, or a gerund (‘-ing’-form) always start with a capital. Other (simpler) messages start with a lowercase letter
Processing foo.ly... `foo': not declared. Not declaring: `foo'. |
_f ("cannot open file: `%s'", name_str)
_f ("cannot find character number: %d", i)
|
stem at + moment.str () + does not fit in beam |
have
_f ("stem at %s does not fit in beam", moment.str ())
|
warning (_f ("out of tune! Can't find: `%s'", "Key_engraver"));
warning (_f ("cannot find font `%s', loading default", font_name));
|
rather say:
warning (_ ("out of tune:"));
warning (_f ("cannot find: `%s', "Key_engraver"));
warning (_f ("cannot find font: `%s', font_name));
warning (_f ("Loading default font"));
|
_f ("Non-matching braces in text `%s', adding braces", text)
_ ("Debug output disabled. Compiled with NPRINT.")
_f ("Huh? Not a Request: `%s'. Ignoring.", request)
|
en: cannot open: `foo.ly' + nl: kan `foo.ly' niet openen (1) kan niet openen: `foo.ly'* (2) niet te openen: `foo.ly'* (3) |
The first nl message, although grammatically and stylistically correct, is not friendly for parsing by humans (even if they speak dutch). I guess we would prefer something like (2) or (3).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond has several loglevels, which specify how verbose the output on the console should be:
The loglevel can either be set with the environment variable
LILYPOND_LOGLEVEL or on the command line with the ‘--loglevel=...’
option.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
LilyPond has two different types of error and log functions:
Input
class provide logging functionality that prints the position of the message
in addition to the message.
flower/include/warn.hh file will provide logging functionality that
only prints out the message, but no location.
There are also Scheme functions to access all of these logging functions from scheme. In addition, the Grob class contains some convenience wrappers for even easier access to these functions.
The message and debug functions in warn.hh also have an optional
argument newline, which specifies whether the message should always
start on a new line or continue a previous message.
By default, progress_indication does NOT start on a new line, but rather
continue the previous output. They also do not have a particular input
position associated, so there are no progress functions in the Input class.
All other functions by default start their output on a new line.
The error functions come in three different flavors: fatal error messages,
programming error messages and normal error messages. Errors written
by the error () function will cause LilyPond to exit immediately,
errors by Input::error () will continue the compilation, but
return a non-zero return value of the LilyPond call (i.e. indicate an
unsuccessful program execution). All other errors will be printed on the
console, but not exit LilyPond or indicate an unsuccessful return code.
Their only differences to a warnings are the displayed text and that
they will be shown with loglevel ERROR.
If the Scheme option warning-as-error is set, any warning will be
treated as if Input::error was called.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| C++, no location | C++ from input location | |
|---|---|---|
| ERROR | error (), programming_error (msg), non_fatal_error (msg) | Input::error (msg), Input::programming_error (msg) |
| WARN | warning (msg) | Input::warning (msg) |
| BASIC | basic_progress (msg) | - |
| PROGRESS | progress_indication (msg) | - |
| INFO | message (msg) | Input::message (msg) |
| DEBUG | debug_output (msg) | Input::debug_output (msg) |
| C++ from a Grob | Scheme, music expression | |
| ERROR | Grob::programming_error (msg) | - |
| WARN | Grob::warning (msg) | (ly:music-warning music msg) |
| BASIC | - | - |
| PROGRESS | - | - |
| INFO | - | (ly:music-message music msg) |
| DEBUG | - | - |
| Scheme, no location | Scheme, input location | |
| ERROR | - | (ly:error msg args), (ly:programming-error msg args) |
| WARN | (ly:warning msg args) | (ly:input-warning input msg args) |
| BASIC | (ly:basic-progress msg args) | - |
| PROGRESS | (ly:progress msg args) | - |
| INFO | (ly:message msg args) | (ly:input-message input msg args) |
| DEBUG | (ly:debug msg args) | - |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The most commonly used tool for debugging LilyPond is the GNU debugger gdb. The gdb tool is used for investigating and debugging core LilyPond code written in C++. Another tool is available for debugging Scheme code using the Guile debugger. This section describes how to use both gdb and the Guile Debugger.
| 10.7.1 Debugging overview | ||
| 10.7.2 Debugging C++ code | ||
| 10.7.3 Debugging Scheme code |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Using a debugger simplifies troubleshooting in at least two ways.
First, breakpoints can be set to pause execution at any desired point. Then, when execution has paused, debugger commands can be issued to explore the values of various variables or to execute functions.
Second, the debugger can display a stack trace, which shows the sequence in which functions have been called and the arguments passed to the called functions.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The GNU debugger, gdb, is the principal tool for debugging C++ code.
In order to use gdb with LilyPond, it is necessary to compile LilyPond with debugging information. This is the current default mode of compilation. Often debugging becomes more complicated when the compiler has optimised variables and function calls away. In that case it may be helpful to run the following command in the main LilyPond source directory:
./configure --disable-optimising make |
This will create a version of LilyPond with minimal optimization which will allow the debugger to access all variables and step through the source code in-order. It may not accurately reproduce bugs encountered with the optimized version, however.
You should not do make install if you want to use a debugger with LilyPond. The make install command will strip debugging information from the LilyPond binary.
Once you have compiled the LilyPond image with the necessary debugging information it will have been written to a location in a subfolder of your current working directory:
out/bin/lilypond |
This is important as you will need to let gdb know where to find the image containing the symbol tables. You can invoke gdb from the command line using the following:
gdb out/bin/lilypond |
This loads the LilyPond symbol tables into gdb. Then, to run LilyPond on ‘test.ly’ under the debugger, enter the following:
run test.ly |
at the gdb prompt.
As an alternative to running gdb at the command line you may try a graphical interface to gdb such as ddd:
ddd out/bin/lilypond |
You can also use sets of standard gdb commands stored in a .gdbinit file (see next section).
The behavior of gdb can be readily customized through the use of a .gdbinit file. A .gdbinit file is a file named .gdbinit (notice the “.” at the beginning of the file name) that is placed in a user’s home directory.
The .gdbinit file below is from Han-Wen. It sets breakpoints for all errors and defines functions for displaying scheme objects (ps), grobs (pgrob), and parsed music expressions (pmusic).
file $LILYPOND_GIT/build/out/bin/lilypond b programming_error b Grob::programming_error define ps print ly_display_scm($arg0) end define pgrob print ly_display_scm($arg0->self_scm_) print ly_display_scm($arg0->mutable_property_alist_) print ly_display_scm($arg0->immutable_property_alist_) print ly_display_scm($arg0->object_alist_) end define pmusic print ly_display_scm($arg0->self_scm_) print ly_display_scm($arg0->mutable_property_alist_) print ly_display_scm($arg0->immutable_property_alist_) end |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Scheme code can be developed using the Guile command line
interpreter top-repl. You can either investigate
interactively using just Guile or you can use the debugging
tools available within Guile.
In order to experiment with Scheme programming in the LilyPond environment, it is necessary to have a Guile interpreter that has all the LilyPond modules loaded. This requires the following steps.
First, define a Scheme symbol for the active module in the ‘.ly’ file:
#(module-define! (resolve-module '(guile-user))
'lilypond-module (current-module))
|
Now place a Scheme function in the ‘.ly’ file that gives an interactive Guile prompt:
#(top-repl) |
When the ‘.ly’ file is compiled, this causes the compilation to be interrupted and an interactive guile prompt to appear. Once the guile prompt appears, the LilyPond active module must be set as the current guile module:
guile> (set-current-module lilypond-module) |
You can demonstrate these commands are operating properly by typing the name of a LilyPond public scheme function to check it has been defined:
guile> fret-diagram-verbose-markup #<procedure fret-diagram-verbose-markup (layout props marking-list)> |
If the LilyPond module has not been correctly loaded, an error message will be generated:
guile> fret-diagram-verbose-markup ERROR: Unbound variable: fret-diagram-verbose-markup ABORT: (unbound-variable) |
Once the module is properly loaded, any valid LilyPond Scheme expression can be entered at the interactive prompt.
After the investigation is complete, the interactive guile interpreter can be exited:
guile> (quit) |
The compilation of the ‘.ly’ file will then continue.
To set breakpoints and/or enable tracing in Scheme functions, put
\include "guile-debugger.ly" |
in your input file after any scheme procedures you have defined in that file. This will invoke the Guile command-line after having set up the environment for the debug command-line. When your input file is processed, a guile prompt will be displayed. You may now enter commands to set up breakpoints and enable tracing by the Guile debugger.
At the guile prompt, you can set breakpoints with
the set-break! procedure:
guile> (set-break! my-scheme-procedure) |
Once you have set the desired breakpoints, you exit the guile repl frame by typing:
guile> (quit) |
Then, when one of the scheme routines for which you have set breakpoints is entered, guile will interrupt execution in a debug frame. At this point you will have access to Guile debugging commands. For a listing of these commands, type:
debug> help |
Alternatively you may code the breakpoints in your LilyPond source file using a command such as:
#(set-break! my-scheme-procedure) |
immediately after the \include statement. In this case the
breakpoint will be set straight after you enter the (quit)
command at the guile prompt.
Embedding breakpoint commands like this is particularly useful if you want to look at how the Scheme procedures in the ‘.scm’ files supplied with LilyPond work. To do this, edit the file in the relevant directory to add this line near the top:
(use-modules (scm guile-debugger)) |
Now you can set a breakpoint after the procedure you are interested in has been declared. For example, if you are working on routines called by print-book-with in ‘lily-library.scm’:
(define (print-book-with book process-procedure)
(let* ((paper (ly:parser-lookup '$defaultpaper))
(layout (ly:parser-lookup '$defaultlayout))
(outfile-name (get-outfile-name book)))
(process-procedure book paper layout outfile-name)))
(define-public (print-book-with-defaults book)
(print-book-with book ly:book-process))
(define-public (print-book-with-defaults-as-systems book)
(print-book-with book ly:book-process-to-systems))
|
At this point in the code you could add this to set a breakpoint at print-book-with:
(set-break! print-book-with) |
Two forms of trace are available:
(set-trace-call! my-scheme-procedure) |
and
(set-trace-subtree! my-scheme-procedure) |
set-trace-call! causes Scheme to log a line to the standard
output to show when the procedure is called and when it exits.
set-trace-subtree! traces every step the Scheme evaluator
performs in evaluating the procedure.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Understanding the LilyPond source often boils down to figuring out what is happening to the Grobs. Where (and why) are they being created, modified and destroyed? Tracing Lily through a debugger in order to identify these relationships can be time-consuming and tedious.
In order to simplify this process, a facility has been added to display the grobs that are created and the properties that are set and modified. Although it can be complex to get set up, once set up it easily provides detailed information about the life of grobs in the form of a network graph.
Each of the steps necessary to use the graphviz utility is described below.
In order to create the graph of the object relationships, it is first necessary to install Graphviz. Graphviz is available for a number of different platforms:
http://www.graphviz.org/Download..php |
In order for the Graphviz tool to work, config.make must be modified. It is probably a good idea to first save a copy of config.make under a different name.
In order to have the required functionality available, LilyPond needs to be compiled with the option ‘-DDEBUG’. You can achieve this by configuring with
./configure --enable-checking |
The executable code of LilyPond must be rebuilt from scratch:
make clean && make |
In order to use the graphviz utility, the ‘.ly’ file must include ‘ly/graphviz-init.ly’, and should then specify the grobs and symbols that should be tracked. An example of this is found in ‘input/regression/graphviz.ly’.
The Graphviz data is sent to stderr by LilyPond, so it is necessary to redirect stderr to a logfile:
lilypond graphviz.ly 2> graphviz.log |
The logfile has standard LilyPond output, as well as the Graphviz
output data. Delete everything from the beginning of the file
up to but not including the first occurrence of digraph.
Also, delete the final LilyPond message about success from the end of the file.
dot
The directed graph is created from the log file with the program
dot:
dot -Tpdf graphviz.log > graphviz.pdf |
The pdf file can then be viewed with any pdf viewer.
When compiled with ‘-DDEBUG’, LilyPond may run slower
than normal. The original configuration can be restored by rerunning
./configure with ‘--disable-checking’. Then
rebuild LilyPond with
make clean && make |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When a new feature is to be added to LilyPond, it is necessary to ensure that the feature is properly integrated to maintain its long-term support. This section describes the steps necessary for feature addition and modification.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
You should probably create a new git branch for writing the code, as that will separate it from the master branch and allow you to continue to work on small projects related to master.
Please be sure to follow the rules for programming style discussed earlier in this chapter.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In order to demonstrate that the code works properly, you will need to write one or more regression tests. These tests are typically ‘.ly’ files that are found in ‘input/regression’.
Regression tests should be as brief as possible to demonstrate the functionality of the code.
Regression tests should generally cover one issue per test. Several short, single-issue regression tests are preferred to a single, long, multiple-issue regression test.
If the change in the output is small or easy to overlook, use bigger staff size – 40 or more (up to 100 in extreme cases). Size 30 means "pay extra attention to details in general".
Use existing regression tests as templates to demonstrate the type of header information that should be included in a regression test.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If the modification changes the input syntax, a convert-ly rule should be written to automatically update input files from older versions.
convert-ly rules are found in python/convertrules.py
If possible, the convert-ly rule should allow automatic updating of the file. In some cases, this will not be possible, so the rule will simply point out to the user that the feature needs manual correction.
If a development release occurs between you writing your patch and having it approved+pushed, you will need to update the version numbers in your tree. This can be done with:
scripts/auxiliar/update-patch-version old.version.number new.version.number |
It will change all files in git, so use with caution and examine the resulting diff.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
convert-ly should be used to update the documentation,
the snippets, and the regression tests. This not only makes the
necessary syntax changes, it also tests the convert-ly
rules.
The automatic updating is performed by moving to the top-level source directory, then running:
scripts/auxiliar/update-with-convert-ly.sh |
If you did an out-of-tree build, pass in the relative path:
LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR=../build-lilypond/ scripts/auxiliar/update-with-convert-ly.sh |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Where the convert-ly rule is not able to automatically update the inline LilyPond code in the documentation (i.e. if a NOT_SMART rule is used), the documentation must be manually updated. The inline snippets that require changing must be changed in the English version of the docs and all translated versions. If the inline code is not changed in the translated documentation, the old snippets will show up in the English version of the documentation.
Where the convert-ly rule is not able to automatically update snippets in Documentation/snippets/, those snippets must be manually updated. Those snippets should be copied to Documentation/snippets/new. The comments at the top of the snippet describing its automatic generation should be removed. All translated texidoc strings should be removed. The comment “% begin verbatim” should be removed. The syntax of the snippet should then be manually edited.
Where snippets in Documentation/snippets are made obsolete, the snippet should be copied to Documentation/snippets/new. The comments and texidoc strings should be removed as described above. Then the body of the snippet should be changed to:
\markup {
This snippet is deprecated as of version X.Y.Z and
will be removed from the documentation.
}
|
where X.Y.Z is the version number for which the convert-ly rule was written.
Update the snippet files by running:
scripts/auxiliar/makelsr.py |
Where the convert-ly rule is not able to automatically update regression tests, the regression tests in input/regression should be manually edited.
Although it is not required, it is helpful if the developer can write relevant material for inclusion in the Notation Reference. If the developer does not feel qualified to write the documentation, a documentation editor will be able to write it from the regression tests. In this case the developer should raise a new issue with the Type=Documentation tag containing a reference to the original issue number and/or the committish of the pushed patch so that the need for new documention is not overlooked.
Any text that is added to or removed from the documentation should be changed only in the English version.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
An entry should be added to Documentation/changes.tely to describe the feature changes to be implemented. This is especially important for changes that change input file syntax.
Hints for changes.tely entries are given at the top of the file.
New entries in changes.tely go at the top of the file.
The changes.tely entry should be written to show how the new change improves LilyPond, if possible.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
When the changes have been made, successful completion must be verified by doing
make all make doc |
When these commands complete without error, the patch is considered to function successfully.
Developers on Windows who are unable to build LilyPond should get help from a GNU/Linux or OSX developer to do the make tests.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In order to avoid breaking LilyPond, it is important to verify that the regression tests succeed, and that no unwanted changes are introduced into the output. This process is described in Regtest comparison.
make clean ## when needed (see below) make [-jX CPU_COUNT=X] test-baseline |
## edit source files, then... make clean ## when needed (see below) make [-jX] ## when needed (see below) make [-jX CPU_COUNT=X] check ## retest cases differing from baseline |
make test-clean |
If you have modified LilyPond source files that have to be compiled (such as ‘.cc’ or ‘.hh’ files in ‘flower/’ or ‘lily/’), the regression-test targets automatically rebuild LilyPond before running the tests.
If you have modified any font definitions in the ‘mf/’
directory, then you must run make clean before
running regression tests. This works around incomplete makefile
dependencies. The subsequent regression-test target rebuilds all
of LilyPond and the fonts before running the tests.
Regression-test targets do not necessarily rebuild everything that
a simple make builds. You may omit make from
the debugging cycle to save time, but it is still important to run
make before committing.
Running make check leaves an HTML page
‘out/test-results/index.html’. This page shows all the
important differences that your change introduced, whether in the
layout, MIDI, performance or error reporting.
You only need to use make test-clean to retest all
cases. To retest mismatching cases only, all that is needed is to
repeat make check.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
See Uploading a patch for review.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Once all the comments have been addressed, the patch can be pushed.
If the author has push privileges, the author will push the patch. Otherwise, a developer with push privileges will push the patch.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Once the patch has been pushed, all the relevant issues should be closed.
If the changes were in response to a feature request on the Google issue tracker for LilyPond, the author should change the status to Fixed and a tag ‘fixed_x_y_z’ should be added, where the patch was fixed in version x.y.z. If the author does not have privileges to change the status, an email should be sent to bug-lilypond requesting the BugMeister to change the status.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
TODO – this is a placeholder for a tutorial on iterators
Iterators are routines written in C++ that process music expressions and sent the music events to the appropriate engravers and/or performers.
See a short example discussing iterators and their duties in Articulations on EventChord.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Engravers are C++ classes that catch music events and
create the appropriate grobs for display on the page. Though the
majority of engravers are responsible for the creation of a single grob,
in some cases (e.g. New_fingering_engraver), several different grobs
may be created.
Engravers listen for events and acknowledge grobs. Events are passed to the engraver in time-step order during the iteration phase. Grobs are made available to the engraver when they are created by other engravers during the iteration phase.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
An engraver inherits the following public methods from the Translator base class, which can be used to process listened events and acknowledged grobs:
virtual void initialize ()
void start_translation_timestep ()
void process_music ()
void process_acknowledged ()
void stop_translation_timestep ()
virtual void finalize ()
These methods are listed in order of translation time, with
initialize () and finalize () bookending the whole
process. initialize () can be used for one-time initialization
of context properties before translation starts, whereas
finalize () is often used to tie up loose ends at the end of
translation: for example, an unterminated spanner might be completed
automatically or reported with a warning message.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
At each timestep in the music, translation proceeds by calling the following methods in turn:
start_translation_timestep () is called before any user
information enters the translators, i.e., no property operations
(\set, \override, etc.) or events have been processed yet.
process_music () and process_acknowledged () are called
after all events in the current time step have been heard, or all
grobs in the current time step have been acknowledged. The latter
tends to be used exclusively with engravers which only acknowledge
grobs, whereas the former is the default method for main processing
within engravers.
stop_translation_timestep () is called after all user
information has been processed prior to beginning the translation for
the next timestep.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In certain cases, an engraver might need to ensure private Scheme
variables (with type SCM) do not get swept away by Guile’s garbage
collector: for example, a cache of the previous key signature which
must persist between timesteps. The method
virtual derived_mark () const can be used in such cases:
Engraver_name::derived_mark ()
{
scm_gc_mark (private_scm_member_)
}
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
External interfaces to the engraver are implemented by protected macros including one or more of the following:
DECLARE_TRANSLATOR_LISTENER (event_name)
IMPLEMENT_TRANSLATOR_LISTENER (Engraver_name, event_name)
where event_name is the type of event required to provide the input the engraver needs and Engraver_name is the name of the engraver.
Following declaration of a listener, the method is implemented as follows:
IMPLEMENT_TRANSLATOR_LISTENER (Engraver_name, event_name)
void
Engraver_name::listen_event_name (Stream event *event)
{
...body of listener method...
}
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Some engravers also need information from grobs as they are created and as they terminate. The mechanism and methods to obtain this information are set up by the macros:
DECLARE_ACKNOWLEDGER (grob_interface)
DECLARE_END_ACKNOWLEDGER (grob_interface)
where grob_interface is an interface supported by the
grob(s) which should be acknowledged. For example, the following
code would declare acknowledgers for a NoteHead grob (via the
note-head-interface) and any grobs which support the
side-position-interface:
DECLARE_ACKNOWLEDGER (note_head) DECLARE_ACKNOWLEDGER (side_position) |
The DECLARE_END_ACKNOWLEDGER () macro sets up a spanner-specific
acknowledger which will be called whenever a spanner ends.
Following declaration of an acknowledger, the method is coded as follows:
void
Engraver_name::acknowledge_interface_name (Grob_info info)
{
...body of acknowledger method...
}
|
Acknowledge functions are called in the order engravers are
\consist-ed (the only exception is if you set
must-be-last to #t).
There will always be a call to process-acknowledged () whenever
grobs have been created, and reading stuff from grobs should be
delayed until then since other acknowledgers might write stuff
into a grob even after your acknowledger has been called. So the basic
workflow is to use the various acknowledgers to record the grobs
you are interested in and write stuff into them (or do read/write
stuff that more or less is accumulative and/or really unrelated to other
engravers), and then use the process-acknowledged () hook for
processing (including reading) the grobs you had recorded.
You can create new grobs in process-acknowledged (). That will lead
to a new cycle of acknowledger () calls followed by a new cycle of
process-acknowledged () calls.
Only when all those cycles are over is stop-translator-timestep ()
called, and then creating grobs is no longer an option. You can still
‘process’ parts of the grob there (if that means just reading out
properties and possibly setting context properties based on them) but
stop-translation-timestep () is a cleanup hook, and other engravers
might have already cleaned up stuff you might have wanted to use.
Creating grobs in there is not possible since engravers and other code may
no longer be in a state where they could process them, possibly causing
a crash.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
An engraver must have a public macro
TRANSLATOR_DECLARATIONS (Engraver_name)
where Engraver_name is the name of the engraver. This
defines the common variables and methods used by every engraver.
At the end of the engraver file, one or both of the following macros are generally called to document the engraver in the Internals Reference:
ADD_ACKNOWLEDGER (Engraver_name, grob_interface)
ADD_TRANSLATOR (Engraver_name, Engraver_doc,
Engraver_creates, Engraver_reads, Engraver_writes)
where Engraver_name is the name of the engraver, grob_interface
is the name of the interface that will be acknowledged,
Engraver_doc is a docstring for the engraver,
Engraver_creates is the set of grobs created by the engraver,
Engraver_reads is the set of properties read by the engraver,
and Engraver_writes is the set of properties written by
the engraver.
The ADD_ACKNOWLEDGER and ADD_TRANSLATOR macros use a
non-standard indentation system. Each interface, grob, read property,
and write property is on its own line, and the closing parenthesis
and semicolon for the macro all occupy a separate line beneath the final
interface or write property. See existing engraver files for more
information.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
TODO – This is a placeholder for a tutorial on callback functions.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 10.13.1 Purity in LilyPond | ||
| 10.13.2 Writing a pure function | ||
| 10.13.3 How purity is defined and stored | ||
| 10.13.4 Where purity is used | ||
| 10.13.5 Case studies | ||
| 10.13.6 Debugging tips |
Pure properties are some of the most difficult properties to understand in LilyPond but, once understood, it is much easier to work with horizontal spacing. This document provides an overview of what it means for something to be ‘pure’ in LilyPond, what this purity guarantees, and where pure properties are stored and used. It finishes by discussing a few case studies for the pure programmer to save you some time and to prevent you some major headaches.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Pure properties in LilyPond are properties that do not have any ‘side effects’. That is, looking up a pure property should never result in calls to the following functions:
set_property
set_object
suicide
This means that, if the property is calculated via a callback, this callback
must not only avoid the functions above but make sure that any functions
it calls also avoid the functions above. Also, to date in LilyPond, a pure
function will always return the same value before line breaking (or, more
precisely, before any version of break_into_pieces is called). This
convention makes it possible to cache pure functions and be more flexible
about the order in which functions are called. For example; Stem.length has
a pure property that will never trigger one of the functions listed
above and will always return the same value before line breaking,
independent of where it is called. Sometimes, this will be the actual length
of the Stem. But sometimes it will not. For example; stem that links up
with a beam will need its end set to the Y position of the beam at the stem’s
X position. However, the beam’s Y positions can only be known after the score
is broken up in to several systems (a beam that has a shallow slope on a
compressed line of music, for example, may have a steeper one on an
uncompressed line). Thus, we only call the impure version of the properties
once we are absolutely certain that all of the parameters needed to
calculate their final value have been calculated. The pure version provides a
useful estimate of what this Stem length (or any property) will be, and
the art of creating good pure properties is trying to get the estimation
as close to the actual value as possible.
Of course, like Gregory Peck and Tintin, some Grobs will have properties that will always be pure. For example, the height of a note-head in not-crazy music will never depend on line breaking or other parameters decided late in the typesetting process. Inversely, in rare cases, certain properties are difficult to estimate with pure values. For example, the height of a Hairpin at a certain cross-section of its horizontal span is difficult to know without knowing the horizontal distance that the hairpin spans, and LilyPond provides an over-estimation by reporting the pure height as the entire height of the Hairpin.
Purity, like for those living in a convent, is more like a contract than an a priori. If you write a pure-function, you are promising the user (and the developer who may have to clean up after you) that your function will not be dependent on factors that change at different stages of the compilation process (compilation of a score, not of LilyPond).
One last oddity is that purity, in LilyPond, is currently limited exclusively to things that have to do with Y-extent and positioning. There is no concept of ‘pure X’ as, by design, X is always the independent variable (i.e. from column X1 to column X2, what will be the Y height of a given grob). Furthermore, there is no purity for properties like color, text, and other things for which a meaningful notion of estimation is either not necessary or has not yet been found. For example, even if a color were susceptible to change at different points of the compilation process, it is not clear what a pure estimate of this color would be or how this pure color could be used. Thus, in this document and in the source, you will see purity discussed almost interchangeably with Y-axis positioning issues.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Pure functions take, at a minimum, three arguments: the grob, the starting column at which the function is being evaluated (hereafter referred to as start), and the end column at which the grob is being evaluated (hereafter referred to as end). For items, start and end must be provided (meaning they are not optional) but will not have a meaningful impact on the result, as items only occupy one column and will thus yield a value or not (if they are not in the range from start to end). For spanners however, start and end are important, as we may can get a better pure estimation of a slice of the spanner than considering it on the whole. This is useful during line breaking, for example, when we want to estimate the Y-extent of a spanner broken at given starting and ending columns.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Purity is defined in LilyPond with the creation of an unpure-pure container (unpure is not a word, but hey, neither was LilyPond until the 90s). For example:
#(define (foo grob) '(-1 . 1)) #(define (bar grob start end) '(-2 . 2)) \override Stem.length = #(ly:make-unpure-pure-container foo bar) |
Note that items can only ever have two pure heights: their actual pure height if they are between ‘start’ and ‘end’, or an empty interval if they are not. Thus, their pure property is cached to speed LilyPond up. Pure heights for spanners are generally not cached as they change depending on the start and end values. They are only cached in certain particular cases. Before writing a lot of caching code, make sure that it is a value that will be reused a lot.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Pure Y values must be used in any functions that are called before
line breaking. Examples of this can be seen in
Separation_items::boxes to construct horizontal skylines and in
Note_spacing::stem_dir_correction to correct for optical
illusions in spacing. Pure properties are also used in the calculation
of other pure properties. For example, the Axis_group_interface
has pure functions that look up other pure functions.
Purity is also implicitly used in any functions that should only ever return pure values. For example, extra-spacing-height is only ever used before line-breaking and thus should never use values that would only be available after line breaking. In this case, there is no need to create callbacks with pure equivalents because these functions, by design, need to be pure.
To know if a property will be called before and/or after line-breaking is sometimes tricky and can, like all things in coding, be found by using a debugger and/or adding printf statements to see where they are called in various circumstances.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In each of these case studies, we expose a problem in pure properties, a solution, and the pros and cons of this solution.
A time signature needs to prevent accidentals from passing over or under it, but its extent does not necessarily extend to the Y-position of accidentals. LilyPond’s horizontal spacing sometimes makes a line of music compact and, when doing so, allows certain columns to pass over each other if they will not collide. This type of passing over is not desirable with time signatures in traditional engraving. But how do we know if this passing over will happen before line breaking, as we are not sure what the X positions will be? We need a pure estimation of how much extra spacing height the time signatures would need to prevent this form of passing over without making this height so large as to overly-distort the Y-extent of an system, which could result in a very ‘loose’ looking score with lots of horizontal space between columns. So, to approximate this extra spacing height, we use the Y-extent of a time signature’s next-door-neighbor grobs via the pure-from-neighbor interface.
As described above, Stems need pure height approximations when they are beamed, as we do not know the beam positions before line breaking. To estimate this pure height, we take all the stems in a beam and find their pure heights as if they were not beamed. Then, we find the union of all these pure heights and take the intersection between this interval (which is large) and an interval going from the note-head of a stem to infinity in the direction of the stem so that the interval stops at the note head.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A few questions to ask yourself when working with pure properties:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The LilyPond language has a concept of scoping, i.e. you can do:
foo = 1 #(begin (display (+ foo 2))) |
with \paper, \midi and \header being
nested scope inside the ‘.ly’ file-level scope. foo = 1
is translated in to a scheme variable definition.
This implemented using modules, with each scope being an anonymous module that imports its enclosing scope’s module.
LilyPond’s core, loaded from ‘.scm’ files, is usually placed in the
lily module, outside the ‘.ly’ level. In the case of
lilypond a.ly b.ly |
we want to reuse the built-in definitions, without changes effected in user-level ‘a.ly’ leaking into the processing of ‘b.ly’.
The user-accessible definition commands have to take care to avoid memory leaks that could occur when running multiple files. All information belonging to user-defined commands and markups is stored in a manner that allows it to be garbage-collected when the module is dispersed, either by being stored module-locally, or in weak hash tables.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Most of the C functions interfacing with Guile/Scheme used in LilyPond are described in the API Reference of the GUILE Reference Manual.
The remaining functions are defined in ‘lily/lily-guile.cc’, ‘lily/include/lily-guile.hh’ and ‘lily/include/lily-guile-macros.hh’. Although their names are meaningful there’s a few things you should know about them.
| 10.15.1 Comparison | ||
| 10.15.2 Conversion |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This is the trickiest part of the interface.
Mixing Scheme values with C comparison operators won’t produce any crash or warning when compiling but must be avoided:
scm_string_p (scm_value) == SCM_BOOL_T |
As we can read in the reference, scm_string_p returns a Scheme
value: either #t or #f which are written SCM_BOOL_T
and SCM_BOOL_F in C. This will work, but it is not following
to the API guidelines. For further information, read this discussion:
http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2011-08/msg00646.html |
There are functions in the Guile reference that returns C values
instead of Scheme values. In our example, a function called
scm_is_string (described after string? and scm_string_p)
returns the C value 0 or 1.
So the best solution was simply:
scm_is_string (scm_value) |
There a simple solution for almost every common comparison. Another example: we want to know if a Scheme value is a non-empty list. Instead of:
(scm_is_true (scm_list_p (scm_value)) && scm_value != SCM_EOL) |
one can usually use:
scm_is_pair (scm_value) |
since a list of at least one member is a pair. This test is
cheap; scm_list_p is actually quite more complex since it makes
sure that its argument is neither a ‘dotted list’ where the last pair
has a non-null cdr, nor a circular list. There are few
situations where the complexity of those tests make sense.
Unfortunately, there is not a scm_is_[something] function for
everything. That’s one of the reasons why LilyPond has its own Scheme
interface. As a rule of thumb, tests that are cheap enough to be
worth inlining tend to have such a C interface. So there is
scm_is_pair but not scm_is_list, and scm_is_eq
but not scm_is_equal.
Return true if b is SCM_BOOL_T, else return false.
This should be used instead of scm_is_true and
scm_is_false for properties since in LilyPond, unset properties
are read as an empty list, and by convention unset Boolean properties
default to false. Since both scm_is_true and
scm_is_false only compare with ##f in line with what
Scheme’s conditionals do, they are not really useful for checking the
state of a Boolean property.
Behave the same as scm_is_[something] would do if it existed.
Test whether the type of s is [type]. [type] is a LilyPond-only set of values (direction, axis...). More often than not, the code checks LilyPond specific C++-implemented types using
This tries converting a Scheme object to a pointer of the desired
kind. If the Scheme object is of the wrong type, a pointer value
of 0 is returned, making this suitable for a Boolean test.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Return true if b is SCM_BOOL_T, else return false.
This should be used instead of scm_is_true and scm_is_false
for properties since empty lists are sometimes used to unset them.
Behave the same as scm_to_[C type] would do if it existed.
Behave the same as scm_to_[C type] would do if it existed. Return d if type verification fails.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This is a place to dump information that may be of use to developers but doesn’t yet have a proper home. Ideally, the length of this section would become zero as items are moved to other homes.
| 10.16.1 Spacing algorithms | ||
| 10.16.2 Info from Han-Wen email | ||
| 10.16.3 Music functions and GUILE debugging | ||
| 10.16.4 Articulations on EventChord |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Here is information from an email exchange about spacing algorithms.
On Thu, 2010-02-04 at 15:33 -0500, Boris Shingarov wrote: I am experimenting with some modifications to the line breaking code, and I am stuck trying to understand how some of it works. So far my understanding is that Simple_spacer operates on a vector of Grobs, and it is a well-known Constrained-QP problem (rods = constraints, springs = quadratic function to minimize). What I don’t understand is, if the spacer operates at the level of Grobs, which are built at an earlier stage in the pipeline, how are the changes necessitated by differences in line breaking, taken into account? in other words, if I take the last measure of a line and place it on the next line, it is not just a matter of literally moving that graphic to where the start of the next line is, but I also need to draw a clef, key signature, and possibly other fundamental things – but at that stage in the rendering pipeline, is it not too late??
Joe Neeman answered:
We create lots of extra grobs (eg. a BarNumber at every bar line) but most of them are not drawn. See the break-visibility property in item-interface.
Here is another e-mail exchange. Janek Warchoł asked for a starting point to fixing 1301 (change clef colliding with notes). Neil Puttock replied:
The clef is on a loose column (it floats before the head), so the first place I’d look would be lily/spacing-loose-columns.cc (and possibly lily/spacing-determine-loose-columns.cc). I’d guess the problem is the way loose columns are spaced between other columns: in this snippet, the columns for the quaver and tuplet minim are so close together that the clef’s column gets dumped on top of the quaver (since it’s loose, it doesn’t influence the spacing).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In 2004, Douglas Linhardt decided to try starting a document that would explain LilyPond architecture and design principles. The material below is extracted from that email, which can be found at http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.comp.gnu.lilypond.devel/2992. The headings reflect questions from Doug or comments from Han-Wen; the body text are Han-Wen’s answers.
I must admit that when I want to know how a program works, I use grep and emacs and dive into the source code. The comments and the code itself are usually more revealing than technical documents.
Graphical object - they are created from within engravers, either as Spanners (derived class) -slurs, beams- or Items (also a derived class) -notes, clefs, etc.
There are two other derived classes System (derived from Spanner, containing a "line of music") and Paper_column (derived from Item, it contains all items that happen at the same moment). They are separate classes because they play a special role in the linebreaking process.
A C(++) object that is encapsulated so it can be used as a Scheme object. See GUILE info, "19.3 Defining New Types (Smobs)"
In the parser.yy see the macro calls MAKE_MUSIC_BY_NAME().
Constructed during "interpreting" phase.
Executive branch of Contexts, plugins that create grobs, usually one engraver per grob type. Created together with context.
= grobs
These are not C++ classes per se. The idea of a Grob interface hasn’t crystallized well. ATM, an interface is a symbol, with a bunch of grob properties. They are not objects that are created or destroyed.
Objects that walk through different music classes, and deliver events in a synchronized way, so that notes that play together are processed at the same moment and (as a result) end up on the same horizontal position.
Created during interpreting phase.
BTW, the entry point for interpreting is ly:run-translator (ly_run_translator on the C++ side)
You can create music object with a Scheme function that reads context properties (the \applycontext syntax). However, that function is executed during Interpreting, so you can not really get Context properties from Music objects, since music objects are not directly connected to Contexts. That connection is made by the Music_iterators
Yes, if you are given the music object within a Context object. Normally, the music objects enter Contexts in synchronized fashion, and the synchronization is done by Music_iterators.
Smobs are C++ objects in Scheme. Scheme objects (lists, functions) are manipulated from C++ as well using the GUILE C function interface (prefix: scm_)
scm_call_*, where * is an integer from 0 to 4. Also scm_c_eval_string (), scm_eval ()
Export a C++ function to Scheme with LY_DEFINE.
Good question. Things used to be clear-cut, but we have Scheme and SMOBs now, which means that interactions do not follow a very rigid format anymore. See below for an overview, though.
Both. And the Scheme calls can call C++ and vice versa. It’s nested, with the SCM datatype as lubrication between the interactions
(I think the word "lubrication" describes the process better than the traditional word "glue")
Front-end: a file is parsed, the rest follows from that. Specifically,
Parsing leads to a Music + Music_output_def object (see parser.yy, definition of toplevel_expression )
A Music + Music_output_def object leads to a Global_context object (see ly_run_translator ())
During interpreting, Global_context + Music leads to a bunch of Contexts (see Global_translator::run_iterator_on_me ()).
After interpreting, Global_context contains a Score_context (which contains staves, lyrics etc.) as a child. Score_context::get_output () spews a Music_output object (either a Paper_score object for notation or Performance object for MIDI).
The Music_output object is the entry point for the backend (see ly_render_output ()).
The main steps of the backend itself are in
Interactions between grobs and putting things into .tex and .ps files have gotten a little more complex lately. Jan has implemented page-breaking, so now the backend also involves Paper_book, Paper_lines and other things. This area is still heavily in flux, and perhaps not something you should want to look at.
There is no communication from backend to front-end. From front-end to backend is simply the program flow: music + definitions gives contexts, contexts yield output, after processing, output is written to disk.
See ‘my-lily-lexer.cc’ (keywords, there aren’t that many)
and ‘ly/*.ly’ (most of the other backslashed /\words are identifiers)
What do you mean exactly with this question?
See ‘ly/engraver-init.ly’ for contexts, see ‘scm/define-*.scm’ for other objects.
Why is part-combine-status a Music property when it seems (IMO) to be related to the Staff context?
The Music_iterators and Context communicate through two channels
Music_iterators can set and read context properties, idem for Engravers and Contexts
Music_iterators can send "synthetic" music events (which aren’t in the input) to a context. These are caught by Engravers. This is mostly a one way communication channel.
part-combine-status is part of such a synthetic event, used by Part_combine_iterator to communicate with Part_combine_engraver.
I’m adding a property to affect how \autoChange works. It seems to me that it should be a context property, but the Scheme autoChange procedure has a Music argument. Does this mean I should use a Music property?
\autoChange is one of these extra strange beasts: it requires look-ahead to decide when to change staves. This is achieved by running the interpreting step twice (see ‘scm/part-combiner.scm’ , at the bottom), and storing the result of the first step (where to switch staves) in a Music property. Since you want to influence that where-to-switch list, your must affect the code in make-autochange-music (‘scm/part-combiner.scm’). That code is called directly from the parser and there are no official "parsing properties" yet, so there is no generic way to tune \autoChange. We would have to invent something new for this, or add a separate argument,
\autoChange #around-central-C ..music.. |
where around-central-C is some function that is called from make-autochange-music.
From Neil Puttock, in response to a question about transposition:
Context properties (using \set & \unset) are tied to engravers: they provide information relevant to the generation of graphical objects.
Since transposition occurs at the music interpretation stage, it has no direct connection with engravers: the pitch of a note is fixed before a notehead is created. Consider the following minimal snippet:
{ c' }
|
This generates (simplified) a NoteEvent, with its pitch and duration as event properties,
(make-music 'NoteEvent 'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1) 'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 0 0) |
which the Note_heads_engraver hears. It passes this information on to the NoteHead grob it creates from the event, so the head’s correct position and duration-log can be determined once it’s ready for printing.
If we transpose the snippet,
\transpose c d { c' }
|
the pitch is changed before it reaches the engraver (in fact, it happens just after the parsing stage with the creation of a TransposedMusic music object):
(make-music 'NoteEvent 'duration (ly:make-duration 2 0 1 1) 'pitch (ly:make-pitch 0 1 0) |
You can see an example of a music property relevant to transposition: untransposable.
\transpose c d { c'2 \withMusicProperty #'untransposable ##t c' }
|
-> the second c’ remains untransposed.
Take a look at ‘lily/music.cc’ to see where the transposition takes place.
I get lost figuring out what environment the code I’m looking at is in when it executes. I found both the C++ and Scheme autoChange code. Then I was trying to figure out where the code got called from. I finally figured out that the Scheme procedure was called before the C++ iterator code, but it took me a while to figure that out, and I still didn’t know who did the calling in the first place. I only know a little bit about Flex and Bison, so reading those files helped only a little bit.
Han-Wen: GDB can be of help here. Set a breakpoint in C++, and run. When you hit the breakpoint, do a backtrace. You can inspect Scheme objects along the way by doing
p ly_display_scm(obj) |
this will display OBJ through GUILE.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Ian Hulin was trying to do some debugging in music functions, and came up with the following question (edited and adapted to current versions):
HI all, I’m working on the Guile Debugger Stuff, and would like to try debugging a music function definition such as:
conditionalMark =
#(define-music-function () ()
#{ \tag instrumental-part {\mark \default} #} )
|
It appears conditionalMark does not get set up as an
equivalent of a Scheme
(define conditionalMark = define-music-function () () ... |
although something gets defined because Scheme apparently recognizes
#(set-break! conditionalMark) |
later on in the file without signalling any Guile errors.
However the breakpoint trap is never encountered as
define-music-function passed things on to
ly:make-music-function, which is really C++ code
ly_make_music_function, so Guile never finds out about the
breakpoint.
The answer in the mailing list archive at that time was less than
helpful. The question already misidentifies the purpose of
ly:make-music-function which is only called once at the
time of defining conditionalMark but is not involved
in its later execution.
Here is the real deal:
A music function is not the same as a GUILE function. It boxes
both a proper Scheme function (with argument list and body from
the define-music-function definition) along with a call
signature representing the types of both function and
arguments.
Those components can be reextracted using
ly:music-function-extract and
ly:music-function-signature, respectively.
When LilyPond’s parser encounters a music function call in its input, it reads, interprets, and verifies the arguments individually according to the call signature and then calls the proper Scheme function.
While it is actually possible these days to call a music function as if it were a Scheme function itself, this pseudo-call uses its own wrapping code matching the argument list as a whole to the call signature, substituting omitted optional arguments with defaults and verifying the result type.
So putting a breakpoint on the music function itself will still not help with debugging uses of the function using LilyPond syntax.
However, either calling mechanism ultimately calls the proper Scheme function stored as part of the music function, and that is where the breakpoint belongs:
#(set-break! (ly:music-function-extract conditionalMark)) |
will work for either calling mechanism.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
From David Kastrup’s email http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2012-02/msg00189.html:
LilyPond’s typesetting does not act on music expressions and music events. It acts exclusively on stream events. It is the act of iterators to convert a music expression into a sequence of stream events played in time order.
The EventChord iterator is pretty simple: it just takes its "elements" field when its time comes up, turns every member into a StreamEvent and plays that through the typesetting process. The parser currently appends all postevents belonging to a chord at the end of "elements", and thus they get played at the same point of time as the elements of the chord. Due to this design, you can add per-chord articulations or postevents or even assemble chords with a common stem by using parallel music providing additional notes/events: the typesetter does not see a chord structure or postevents belonging to a chord, it just sees a number of events occuring at the same point of time in a Voice context.
So all one needs to do is let the EventChord iterator play articulations after elements, and then adding to articulations in EventChord is equivalent to adding them to elements (except in cases where the order of events matters).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 11.1 Development phases | ||
| 11.2 Minor release checklist | ||
| 11.3 Major release checklist | ||
| 11.4 Release extra notes | ||
| 11.5 Notes on builds with GUB |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are 2 states of development on master:
This should occur approximately 1 month before any alpha version of the next stable release, and ends when the next unstable branch begins.
After announcing a beta release, branch stable/2.x. There
are 2 states of development for this branch:
2.x (beta) version, then it must compile in the
new version.
Exception: any bugfix to a Critical issue.
2.x, then he must be able to compile the new
version.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A “minor release” means an update of y in 2.x.y.
This requires a system which has the release/unstable
branch. If you get a warning saying you are in detached HEAD
state, then you should create a release/unstable branch with
git checkout release/unstable.
Check the environment variables are set as in Environment variables.
You need to ensure you have a clean index and work tree. If the
checkout displays modified files, you might want to run
git reset --hard before continuing.
git fetch git checkout release/unstable git merge origin/master make -C $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR po-replace mv $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/po/lilypond.pot po/ gedit Documentation/web/news-new.itexi Documentation/web/news-old.itexi gedit Documentation/web/news-headlines.itexi gedit VERSION gedit ly/Wel*.ly |
Editing the ‘news-headlines.itexi’ file is a bit tricky, since it contains
URLs with escaped characters. An example of what is needed is that releasing
2.19.50 after the release of 2.19.49 needed the line:
@uref{news.html#LilyPond-2_002e19_002e49-released-October-16_002c-2016,
LilyPond 2.19.49 released - @emph{October 16, 2016}}
|
to be changed to:
@uref{news.html#LilyPond-2_002e19_002e50-released-November-6_002c-2016,
LilyPond 2.19.50 released - @emph{November 6, 2016}}
|
Don’t forget to update the entry above that line to show the latest release version.
git commit -m "Release: bump VERSION_DEVEL." VERSION git commit -m "PO: update template." po/lilypond.pot git commit -m "Release: update news." Documentation/web/ git commit -m "Release: bump Welcome versions." ly/Wel*.ly git push origin HEAD:release/unstable git checkout master |
regtests/
### my-gub.sh # special terminal, and default PATH environment. # import these special environment vars: # HOME, HTTP_PROXY, TERM env -i \ HOME=$HOME \ HTTP_PROXY=$HTTP_PROXY \ bash --rcfile my-bashrc |
### my-bashrc export PS1="\[\e[1;33mGUB-ENV \w\]$ \[\e[0m\]" export PATH=$PATH export TERM=xterm |
make LILYPOND_BRANCH=release/unstable lilypond |
or something like:
make LILYPOND_BRANCH=stable/2.16 lilypond |
Note: Always do this for a stable release.
t from the rsync command in:
test-lily/rsync-lily-doc.py test-lily/rsync-test.py |
make lilypond-upload \ LILYPOND_REPO_URL=git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git \ LILYPOND_BRANCH=release/unstable |
or something like:
make lilypond-upload \ LILYPOND_REPO_URL=git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git \ LILYPOND_BRANCH=stable/2.12 |
master branch with the current news:
git fetch git checkout origin/master git merge origin/release/unstable |
gedit VERSION |
git commit -m "Release: bump VERSION." VERSION git push origin HEAD:release/unstable |
release/unstable to merge the changes
into master.
info-lilypond
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A “major release” means an update of x in 2.x.0.
These are the current official guidelines.
These might become official guidelines in the future.
grep FIXME --exclude "misc/*" --exclude "*GNUmakefile" \ --exclude "snippets/*" ????*/* |
git diff -u -r release/2.FIRST-CURRENT-STABLE \ -r release/2.LAST-CURRENT-DEVELOPMENT input/regression/ |
Before the release:
make -C $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR po-replace mv $LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR/po/lilypond.pot po/ |
~/download/sources/v2.NEW-STABLE ~/download/sources/v2.NEW-DEVELOPMENT |
@node Top @top New features in 2.NEW-STABLE since 2.OLD-STABLE |
Also, make the old docs self-contained – if there’s a redirect in ‘/doc/v2.OLD-STABLE/Documentation/index.html’ , replace it with the ‘index.html.old-2.OLD-STABLE’ files.
The post-2.13 docs will need another way of handling the self-containment. It won’t be hard to whip up a python script that changes the link to ‘../../../../manuals.html’ to ‘../website/manuals.html’, but it’s still a 30-minute task that needs to be done before 2.16.
v2.NEW-STABLE
Disallow: /doc/v2.OLD-STABLE/ Disallow: /doc/v2.NEW-DEVELOPMENT/ |
/latest/, /stable/ etc.) in
‘Documentation/web/server/lilypond.org.htaccess’.
This has nothing to do with the release, but it’s a “periodic maintenance” task that might make sense to include with releases.
News:
comp.music.research comp.os.linux.announce comp.text.tex rec.music.compose |
Mail:
info-lilypond@gnu.org info-gnu@gnu.org planet@gnu.org linux-audio-announce@lists.linuxaudio.org linux-audio-user@lists.linuxaudio.org linux-audio-dev@lists.linuxaudio.org consortium@lists.linuxaudio.org planetccrma@ccrma.stanford.edu tex-music@tug.org rosegarden-user@lists.sourceforge.net denemo-devel@gnu.org |
Web (forums):
imslpforums.org abcusers (Yahoo group) canorus (Github? Freenode IRC?) musescore.org/forum reddit.com/lilypond linuxquestions.org Slashdot |
Web (websites and aggregators):
lilypond.org https://savannah.gnu.org/news/submit.php?group_id=1673 freshmeat.sourceforge.net linuxtoday.com lxer.com fossmint.com fsdaily.com freesoftwaremagazine.com lwn.net hitsquad.com/smm in French: linuxfr.org; framalibre.org |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Regenerating regtests (if the lilypond-book naming has changed):
If releasing stable/2.12, then:
Really tentative instructions, almost certainly can be done better.
bin/gub mingw::lilypond-installer make LILYPOND_BRANCH=stable/2.12 -f lilypond.make doc bin/gub --platform=darwin-x86 \ 'git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond-doc.git?branch=stable/2.12' |
or
build everything with the normal "make lilypond", then (maybe) manually delete stuff you don’t want to upload.
or
run the normal lilypond-upload command, and (maybe) manually delete stuff you didn’t want to upload from the server.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
GUB - the Grand Unified Builder - is used to build the release versions of LilyPond. For background information, see Grand Unified Builder (GUB). The simplest way to set up a GUB build environment is to use a virtual machine with LilyDev (LilyDev). Follow the instructions on that page to set this up. Make sure that your virtual machine has enough disk space - a GUB installation takes over 30 GBytes of disk space, and if you allocate too little, it will fail during the setting up stage and you will have to start again. 64 GBytes should be sufficient.
While GUB is being built, any interruptions are likely to make it almost impossible to restart. If at all possible, leave the build to continue uninterrupted.
Download GUB and start the set up:
git clone git://github.com/gperciva/gub.git cd gub make bootstrap |
This will take a very long time, even on a very fast computer. You will need to be patient. It’s also liable to fail - it downloads a number of tools, and some will have moved and others won’t respond to the network. For example, the perl archive. If this happens, download it from http://www.cpan.org/src/5.0/perl-5.10.0.tar.gz, saving the archive to ‘gub/downloads/perl/’. Continue the set up with:
make bootstrap |
Once this has completed successfully, you can build the LilyPond
release package. However, this uses an archived version of the
regression tests, so it is better to download this first.
Download the test output from lilypond.org (you will need to
replace 2.15.33-1 with the latest build):
https://lilypond.org/downloads/binaries/test-output/lilypond-2.15.33-1.test-output.tar.bz2 |
Copy the tarball into ‘regtests/’, and tell the build system that you have done this:
touch regtests/ignore |
Now start the GUB build:
make lilypond |
That’s it. This will build LilyPond from current master. To build the current unstable release, run:
make LILYPOND_BRANCH=release/unstable lilypond |
The first time you do this, it will take a very long time.
Assuming the build has gone well, it can be uploaded using:
make lilypond-upload LILYPOND_BRANCH=release/unstable LILYPOND_REPO_URL=git://git.sv.gnu.org/lilypond.git |
GUB builds the files it needs into the directory
gub/target/. As a general rule, these don’t need to be
touched unless there is a problem building GUB (see below).
The files to be uploaded are in gub/uploads/. Once the
build has completed successfully, there should be 8
installation files and 3 archives, totalling about 600MB.
There are also 4 directories:
gub/signatures gub/localdoc gub/webdoc gub/webtest |
signatures contains files that are used to track whether
some of the archives have already been built. Don’t touch
these.
localdoc probably contains local copies of the
documentation.
webdoc contains the documentation to be uploaded.
webtest contains the regtest comparison, which should
be checked before upload, and is also uploaded for subsequent
checking.
The total upload is about 700 MB in total, and on an ADSL connection will take about 4 hours to upload.
In principle, building the next release of LilyPond requires no action other then following the instructions in Minor release checklist. Because much of the infrastructure has already been built, it will take much less time - about an hour on a fast computer.
Continuing to build LilyPond without any other
archiving/deletion of previous builds is likely to be successful,
but will take up a fair amount of disk space (around 2GB per
build) which may be a problem with a Virtual Machine. It’s
therefore recommended to move (not copy) gub/uploads to
another machine/disk after each build, if space is at a premium.
However, if a significant change has been made to the LilyPond
source (e.g. added source files) the build may fail if tried on
top of a previous build. If this happens, be sure to
move/delete gub/uploads and all mentions of LilyPond
in gub/target. The latter can be achieved with this
command:
rm -rf target/*/*/*lilypond* |
Be very careful with this command. Typing it wrongly could wipe your disk completely.
The make lilypond-upload command updates the documentation
on the LilyPond web site. However, it does not update
any part of the site that is not part of the documentation - for
example, the front page (index.html). The website is
updated by 2 cron jobs running on the web server. One of these
pulls git master to the web server, and the other makes the
website with the standard make website command. They run
hourly, 30 minutes apart. So - to update the front page of the
website, it’s necessary to update VERSION and
news-headlines.itexi in master and then wait for the cron
jobs to run.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This chapter is in high flux, and is being run in a “wiki-like” fashion. Do not trust anything you read in this chapter.
| 12.1 Build system overview | ||
| 12.2 Tips for working on the build system | ||
| 12.3 General build system notes | ||
| 12.4 Doc build | ||
| 12.5 Website build |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Build system is currently GNU make, with an extra "stepmake" layer on top. Look at files in ‘make/’ and ‘stepmake/’ and all ‘GNUmakefile’s.
There is wide-spread dissatisfaction with this system, and we are considering changing. This would be a huge undertaking (estimated 200+ hours). This change will probably involve not using GNU make any more – but a discussion about the precise build system will have to wait. Before we reach that point, we need to figure out (at least approximately) what the current build system does.
Fundamentally, a build system does two things:
lilypond-book \ --tons --of --options \ pitches.itely texi2pdf \ --more --imperial --and --metric --tons --of --options \ pitches.texi |
When I try to do anything in the build system, it helps to remind myself of this. The "end result" is just a series of command-line commands. All the black magick is just an attempt to construct those commands.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
echo "aaa" echo "bbb" |
to the build system files in various places. This will let you track where the program is, in various points of the build.
PH note. There are lots of places where Make doesn’t let you put echo commands. My top tip for tracing how make runs is to put
$(error Some Text to display) |
This will stop make running and print the text Some Text to
display.
End PH note.
make website works,
without the translations. Looking at the english-only
website is the best introduction to the build system... it only
covers about 5% of the whole thing, but even that will likely take
10 hours or more.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 12.3.1 How stepmake works |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Typing make website runs the file ‘GNUmakefile’ from the build directory. This only contains 3 lines:
depth = . include config.make include $(configure-srcdir)/GNUmakefile.in |
The variable depth is used throughout the make system to
track how far down the directory structure the make is. The first
include sets lots of variables but doesn’t "do" anything. Default
values for these variables are automatically detected at the
./configure step, which creates the file ‘config.make’.
The second include runs the file ‘GNUmakefile.in’ from
the top level source directory.
This sets another load of variables, and then includes (i.e. immediately runs) ‘stepmake.make’ from the ‘make’ subdirectory. This sets a load of other variables, and then runs ‘make/config.make’ - which doesn’t seem to exist... Next, it runs ‘make/toplevel-version.make’, which sets the version variables for major, minor, patch, stable, development and mypatchlevel (which seems to be used for patch numbers for non-stable versions only?).
Next - ‘make/local.make’, which doesn’t exist.
We return to ‘stepmake.make’, where we hit the make rule all: The first line of this is:
-include $(addprefix $(depth)/make/,$(addsuffix -inclusions.make, $(LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) |
which, when the variables are substituted, gives:
./make/generic-inclusions.make ./make/lilypond-inclusions.make. |
(Note - according to the make documentation, -include is only different from include in that it doesn’t produce any kind of error message when the included file doesn’t exist).
And the first file doesn’t exist. Nor the second. Next:
-include $(addprefix $(stepdir)/,$(addsuffix -inclusions.make, $(STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) |
which expands to the following files:
/home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/generic-inclusions.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/toplevel-inclusions.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/po-inclusions.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/install-inclusions.make. |
One little feature to notice here - these are all absolute file locations - the line prior to this used relative locations. And none of these files exist, either.
(Further note - I’m assuming all these lines of make I’m following are autogenerated, but that’ll be something else to discover.)
JM: “No, these lines are not useful in LilyPond (this is why you think they are autogenerated), but they are part of StepMake, which was meant to be a package to be installed as a build system over autoconf/make in software project source trees.”
Next in ‘stepmake.make’:
include $(addprefix $(stepdir)/,$(addsuffix -vars.make, $(STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) |
which expands to:
/home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/generic-vars.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/toplevel-vars.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/po-vars.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/install-vars.make. |
Woo. They all exist (they should as there’s no - in front of the
include). ‘generic-vars.make’ sets loads of variables
(funnily enough). ‘toplevel-vars.make’ is very short - one
line commented as # override Generic_vars.make: and 2 as
follows:
# urg? include $(stepdir)/documentation-vars.make |
I assume the urg comment refers to the fact that this should really just create more variables, but it actually sends us off to ‘/home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/documentation-vars.make’.
That file is a 3 line variable setting one.
‘po-vars.make’ has the one-line comment # empty, as
does ‘install-vars.make’.
So now we’re back to ‘stepmake.make’.
The next lines are :
# ugh. need to do this because of PATH :=$(top-src-dir)/..:$(PATH) include $(addprefix $(depth)/make/,$(addsuffix -vars.make, $(LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) |
and the include expands to:
include ./make/generic-vars.make ./make/lilypond-vars.make. |
These again set variables, and in some cases export them to allow
child make processes to use them.
The final 4 lines of ‘stepmake.make’ are:
include $(addprefix $(depth)/make/,$(addsuffix -rules.make, $(LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) include $(addprefix $(stepdir)/,$(addsuffix -rules.make, $(STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) include $(addprefix $(depth)/make/,$(addsuffix -targets.make, $(LOCALSTEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) include $(addprefix $(stepdir)/,$(addsuffix -targets.make, $(STEPMAKE_TEMPLATES))) |
which expand as follows:
include ./make/generic-rules.make ./make/lilypond-rules.make include /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/generic-rules.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/toplevel-rules.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/po-rules.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/install-rules.make include ./make/generic-targets.make ./make/lilypond-targets.make include /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/generic-targets.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/toplevel-targets.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/po-targets.make /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/stepmake/install-targets.make |
‘lilypond-rules.make’ is #empty
‘generic-rules.make’ does seem to have 2 rules in it. They are:
$(outdir)/%.ly: %.lym4
$(M4) $< | sed "s/\`/,/g" > $@
$(outdir)/%: %.in
rm -f $@
cat $< | sed $(sed-atfiles) | sed $(sed-atvariables) > $@
|
I believe the first rule is for *.ly files, and has a prerequisite
that *.lym4 files must be built first. The recipe is m4 |
sed "s/\`/,/g" >. Perhaps someone with more Unix/make knowledge
can comment on exactly what the rules mean/do.
‘toplevel-rules.make’ is #empty
‘po-rules.make’ is #empty
‘install-rules.make’ is #empty
‘generic-targets.make’ contains 2 lines of comments.
‘lilypond-targets.make’ contains only:
## TODO: fail dist or web if no \version present.
check-version:
grep -L version $(LY_FILES)
|
‘stepmake/generic-targets.make’ contains lots of rules - too
many to list here - it seems to be the main file for rules. (FWIW
I haven’t actually found a rule for website: anywhere, although
it clearly exists. I have also found that you can display a rule
in the terminal by typing, say make -n website. This is
probably common knowledge.
‘stepmake/toplevel-targets.make’ adds a load of other (and occasionally the same) rules to the gernric-targets.
‘stepmake/po-targets.make’ is rules for po* makes.
‘stepmake/install-targets.make’ has rules for local-install*.
And that’s the end of stepmake.make. Back to ‘GNUmakefile.in’.
A bit more info from 27 March. I’ve put some error traces into
GNUmakefile in the build directory, and it looks like the
following lines actually cause the make to run (putting an error
call above them - no make; below them - make):
ifeq ($(out),www)
# All web targets, except info image symlinks and info docs are
# installed in non-recursing target from TOP-SRC-DIR
install-WWW:
-$(INSTALL) -m 755 -d $(DESTDIR)$(webdir)
rsync -rl --exclude='*.signature' $(outdir)/offline-root $(DESTDIR)$(webdir)
|
I don’t currently understand the ifeq, since $(out)
is empty at this point, but the line starting -$(INSTALL)
translates to:
-/usr/bin/python /home/phil/lilypond-git/stepmake/bin/install.py \ -c -m 755 -d /usr/local/share/doc/lilypond/html |
End of work for Sunday 27th.
Another alterative approach to understanding the website build
would be to redirect make -n website and make website
to a text file and work through a) what it does and b) where the
errors are occurring.
GP: wow, all the above is much more complicated than I’ve ever looked at stuff – I tend to do a "back first" approach (where I begin from the command-line that I want to modify, figure out where it’s generated, and then figure out how to change the generated command-line), rather than a "front first" (where you begin from the "make" command).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 12.4.1 The function of make doc | ||
| 12.4.2 Building a bibliography |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The following is a set of notes on how make doc functions.
Preliminary question to be answered some time: where do all the GNUmakefiles come from. They’re in the build directory, but this is not part of source. Must be the configure script. And it looks like this comes from autogen.sh. Must at some point kill the whole git directory, repull and see what is created when.
Anyway, here’s how make doc progresses:
This is the build dependency tree from ‘stepmake/stepmake/generic-targets.make’:
doc: doc-stage-1
doc-stage-1:
$(MAKE) -C $(depth)/scripts/build out=
$(MAKE) out=www WWW-1
WWW-1: local-WWW-1
$(LOOP)
$(MAKE) out=www WWW-2
WWW-2: local-WWW-2
$(LOOP)
$(MAKE) out=www WWW-post
|
MAKE = make -C = Change to directory before make |
doc-stage-1 does lots of opening and looking in files, but no processing.
Variable LOOP = + make -C python && make -C scripts && make -C flower && make -C lily && make -C mf && make -C ly && make -C tex && make -C ps && make -C scm && make -C po && make -C make && make -C elisp && make -C vim && make -C input && make -C stepmake && make -C Documentation && true |
From git grep:
stepmake/stepmake/generic-vars.make has this:
LOOP=+$(foreach i, $(SUBDIRS), $(MAKE) -C $(i) $@ &&) true |
$@ is the name of the target - WWW-1 in this case.
In GNUmakefile.in we find:
SUBDIRS = python scripts \
flower lily \
mf ly \
tex ps scm \
po make \
elisp vim \
input \
stepmake $(documentation-dir)
|
So that’s how we get the main make loop...
That loop expands like this:
make -C python WWW-1 && make -C scripts WWW-1 && make -C flower WWW-1 && make -C lily WWW-1 && make -C mf WWW-1 && make -C ly WWW-1 && make -C tex WWW-1 && make -C ps WWW-1 && make -C scm WWW-1 && make -C po WWW-1 && make -C make WWW-1 && make -C elisp WWW-1 && make -C vim WWW-1 && make -C input WWW-1 && make -C stepmake WWW-1 && make -C Documentation WWW-1 && true |
The directories up to and including vim produce no effect with make in non-debug mode, although debug does show lots of action.
‘git/build/input/GNUmakefile’ is:
depth=../ include $(depth)/config.make include $(configure-srcdir)/./input/GNUmakefile MODULE_INCLUDES += $(src-dir)/$(outbase) |
The first include is:
..//config.make |
(note the // which is strictly wrong)
which has lots of variables to set, but no action occurs.
The second is:
lilypond-git/./input/GNUmakefile |
which similarly doesn’t create any actual action.
An error message at the end of build/input/GNUmakefile stops make processing before it moves on to regression - so where does that come from?
And the answer is - make processes all directories in the directory it’s entered (with some exceptions like out and out-www) and so it changes to /regression.
It then seems to consider whether it needs to make/remake loads of makefiles. Don’t understand this yet. Possibly these are all the makefiles it’s processing, and it always checks they’re up to date before processing other files?
Could be correct - some of this output is:
Must remake target `../../make/ly-inclusions.make'. Failed to remake target file `../../make/ly-inclusions.make'. |
Having decided that, it then leaves the directory and re-executes:
make -C regression WWW-1 |
The top of this make is:
This program built for i486-pc-linux-gnu Reading makefiles... Reading makefile `GNUmakefile'... Reading makefile `../..//config.make' (search path) (no ~ expansion)... |
which looks like it’s re-reading all its known makefiles to check they’re up to date.
(From the make manual:
To this end, after reading in all makefiles, make will consider each as a goal target and attempt to update it. If a makefile has a rule which says how to update it (found either in that very makefile or in another one) or if an implicit rule applies to it (see Chapter 10 [Using Implicit Rules], page 103), it will be updated if necessary. After all makefiles have been checked, if any have actually been changed, make starts with a clean slate and reads all the makefiles over again. (It will also attempt to update each of them over again, but normally this will not change them again, since they are already up to date.)
So my assumption seems correct)
There appear to be about 74 of them. After all the makefile checking, we get this:
Updating goal targets.... Considering target file `WWW-1'. File `WWW-1' does not exist. Considering target file `local-WWW-1'. File `local-WWW-1' does not exist. Considering target file `out-www/collated-files.texi'. File `out-www/collated-files.texi' does not exist. Looking for an implicit rule for `out-www/collated-files.texi'. Trying pattern rule with stem `collated-files.texi'. Trying implicit prerequisite `collated-files.texi.in'. Trying pattern rule with stem `collated-files.texi'. Trying implicit prerequisite `collated-files.texi.in'. Trying pattern rule with stem `collated-files'. Trying implicit prerequisite `collated-files.tely'. Trying pattern rule with stem `collated-files'. Trying implicit prerequisite `out-www/collated-files.tely'. Trying rule prerequisite `out-www/version.itexi'. Found prerequisite `out-www/version.itexi' as VPATH `/home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/out-www/version.itexi' |
grep finds this if searching for local-WWW-1:
make/lysdoc-targets.make: local-WWW-1: $(outdir)/collated-files.texi $(outdir)/collated-files.pdf |
which means that local-WWW-1 depends on coll*.texi and coll*.pdf and so these will need to be checked to see if they’re up to date. So make needs to find rules for both of those and (as it says) it certainly needs to make coll*.texi, since it doesn’t exist.
In ly-rules.make we have:
.SUFFIXES: .doc .tely .texi .ly |
which I’ll work out at some point, and also this rule:
$(outdir)/%.texi: $(outdir)/%.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi $(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET) $(INIT_LY_SOURCES) $(SCHEME_SOURCES) LILYPOND_VERSION=$(TOPLEVEL_VERSION) $(PYTHON) $(LILYPOND_BOOK) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) --process='$(LILYPOND_BOOK_PROCESS) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_LILYPOND_FLAGS)' --output=$(outdir) --format=$(LILYPOND_BOOK_FORMAT) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS) $< |
Note that the recipe is a very long line - it could probably benefit from splitting. The same makefile also has:
$(outdir)/%.texi: $(outdir)/%.tely $(outdir)/version.itexi $(DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET) $(INIT_LY_SOURCES) $(SCHEME_SOURCES) LILYPOND_VERSION=$(TOPLEVEL_VERSION) $(PYTHON) $(LILYPOND_BOOK) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) --process='$(LILYPOND_BOOK_PROCESS) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_INCLUDES) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_LILYPOND_FLAGS)' --output=$(outdir) --format=$(LILYPOND_BOOK_FORMAT) $(LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS) $< |
which seems to be an almost exact duplicate. Whatever, the first one is executed first. Have not checked if the second executes.
The first recipe translates as this:
LILYPOND_VERSION=2.15.0 /usr/bin/python --process=' ' \
--output=./out-www --format= --lily-output-dir \
/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/lybook-db
|
if we stop the build with an $(error), but I think this is because we need to allow it to process the dependencies first. It looks like foo.texi is shown as being dependent on foo.tely, plus a load of other files.
DOCUMENTATION_LOCALE_TARGET is blank INIT_LY_SOURCES = /home/phil/lilypond-git/scm/auto-beam.scm \ /home/phil/lilypond-git/scm/autochange.scm |
plus 10s (100s?) of other .scm files.
SCHEME_SOURCES = /home/phil/lilypond-git/ly/Welcome-to-LilyPond-MacOS.ly \ /home/phil/lilypond-git/ly/Welcome_to_LilyPond.ly |
ditto .ly files. This does seem a teency bit wrong - it looks like the .ly and .scm files have been interchanged. ly-vars.make has these 2 lines:
INIT_LY_SOURCES = $(wildcard $(top-src-dir)/scm/*.scm) SCHEME_SOURCES = $(wildcard $(top-src-dir)/ly/*.ly) |
Looks like a bug.....
So it now works its way through all these files, checking if they need to be remade. This is 100s of lines of the debug listing, although none in the normal list. Clearly none has to be made since they’re source files. It concludes:
Must remake target `out-www/collated-files.tely' |
‘lysdoc-rules.make’ has this:
$(outdir)/collated-files.tely: $(COLLATED_FILES)
$(LYS_TO_TELY) --name=$(outdir)/collated-files.tely --title="$(TITLE)" --author="$(AUTHOR)" $^
|
‘lysdoc-vars.make’ has:
COLLATED_FILES = $(sort $(TEXINFO_SOURCES) $(LY_FILES) $(OUT_LY_FILES) ) |
We find that:
TEXINFO_SOURCES = AAA-intro-regression.tely OUT_LY_FILES is empty |
so LY_FILES has the big long list of all the .ly files in the regression directory.
This kicks off
/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/scripts/build/out/lys-to-tely |
with a list of all the files in the regression test directory. This should (I believe) create the file collated-files.tely.
So the next rule in make is for ‘version.itexi’, and make duly checks this. There’s a rule in ‘doc-i18n-root-rules.make’ that this depends on ‘git/VERSION’:
$(outdir)/version.%: $(top-src-dir)/VERSION
$(PYTHON) $(top-src-dir)/scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py > $ |
This causes create-version-itexi.py to run and create version.itexi.
Once that’s done, all the other *.scm and *.ly files are checked and since they have no rules associated, they aren’t remade (just as well for source files, really). Since version.itexi was remade make concludes that collated-files.texi must be remade. To do this, it runs lilypond-book.py on collated-files.tely, as below:
LILYPOND_VERSION=2.15.0
/usr/bin/python
/home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/lilypond-book.py
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/
-I ./out-www -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/snippets
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/included/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/pictures
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/Documentation/pictures/./out-www
--process='/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/bin/lilypond
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/
-I ./out-www
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/snippets
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/included/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/pictures
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/Documentation/pictures/./out-www
-dbackend=eps
--formats=ps,png,pdf
-dinclude-eps-fonts
-dgs-load-fonts
--header=doctitle
--header=doctitlecs
--header=doctitlede
--header=doctitlees
--header=doctitlefr
--header=doctitlehu
--header=doctitleit
--header=doctitleja
--header=doctitlenl
--header=doctitlezh
--header=texidoc
--header=texidoccs
--header=texidocde
--header=texidoces
--header=texidocfr
--header=texidochu
--header=texidocit
--header=texidocja
--header=texidocnl
--header=texidoczh
-dcheck-internal-types
-ddump-signatures
-danti-alias-factor=2'
--output=./out-www
--format=texi-html
--verbose
--lily-output-dir /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/lybook-db
out-www/collated-files.tely
|
So - lilypond-book runs on:
input/regression/out-www/collated-files.tely |
Note the –verbose flag - this is from the make variable LILYPOND_BOOK_VERBOSE which is added to the make variable LILYPOND_BOOK_FLAGS.
Now found the invocation to write some of the image files. It’s like this:
/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/bin/lilypond -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/ -I ./out-www -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/snippets -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression/ -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/included/ -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/ -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out/ -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/pictures -I /home/phil/lilypond-git/build/Documentation/pictures/./out-www -dbackend=eps --formats=ps,png,pdf -dinclude-eps-fonts -dgs-load-fonts --header=doctitle --header=doctitlecs --header=doctitlede --header=doctitlees --header=doctitlefr --header=doctitlehu --header=doctitleit --header=doctitleja --header=doctitlenl --header=doctitlezh --header=texidoc --header=texidoccs --header=texidocde --header=texidoces --header=texidocfr --header=texidochu --header=texidocit --header=texidocja --header=texidocnl --header=texidoczh -dcheck-internal-types -ddump-signatures -danti-alias-factor=2 -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/lybook-db" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/input/regression" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/input/regression/out-www" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/input" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/snippets" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/input/regression" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/included" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/mf/out" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/pictures" -I "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/Documentation/pictures/out-www" --formats=eps --verbose -deps-box-padding=3.000000 -dread-file-list -dno-strip-output-dir "/home/phil/lilypond-git/build/out/lybook-db/snippet-names--415419468.ly"' |
Note the –verbose. This causes 100s of lines of Lily debug output. But at present I can’t work out where the flag comes from. Later.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Bibliography files contain a list of citations, like this:
@Book{vinci,
author = {Vinci, Albert C.},
title = {Fundamentals of Traditional Music Notation},
publisher = {Kent State University Press},
year = {1989}
}
|
There are a variety of types of citation (e.g. Book (as above),
article, publication). Each cited publication has a list of
entries that can be used to identify the publication.
Bibliograpies are normally stored as files with a .bib
extension. One part of the doc-build process is transforming the
bibliography information into texinfo files. The commands
to do this are in the ‘GNUmakefile’ in the
‘Documentation’ directory.
A typical line of the makefile to translate a single bibliography is:
$(outdir)/colorado.itexi:
BSTINPUTS=$(src-dir)/essay $(buildscript-dir)/bib2texi \
-s $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lily-bib \
-o $(outdir)/colorado.itexi \
$(src-dir)/essay/colorado.bib
|
Line by line:
$(outdir)/colorado.itexi: |
We’re making the file ‘colorado.itexi’ and so this is the make instruction.
BSTINPUTS=$(src-dir)/essay $(buildscript-dir)/bib2texi \ |
It’s in the ‘essay’ directory and we want to run the bib2texi.py script against it.
-s $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lily-bib \ |
The style template is ‘lily-bib.bst’ and is found in the ‘Documentation’ directory.
-o $(outdir)/colorado.itexi \ |
The output file in ‘colorado.itexi’.
$(src-dir)/essay/colorado.bib |
The input file is ‘colorado.bib’ in the ‘essay’ directory.
The bib2texi Python script used to be used with a variety
of options, but now is always called using the same options, as
above. Its job is to create the file containing the options for
bibtex (the program that actually does the translation),
run bibtex, and then clean up some temporary files. Its main
"value add" is the creation of the options file, using this code:
open (tmpfile + '.aux', 'w').write (r'''
\relax
\citation{*}
\bibstyle{%(style)s}
\bibdata{%(files)s}''' % vars ())
|
The key items are the style file (now always lily-bib for us) and the input file.
The style file is written in its own specialised language, described to some extent at
http://amath.colorado.edu/documentation/LaTeX/reference/faq/bibtex.pdf |
The file ‘lily-bib.bst’ also has fairly extensive commenting.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Note: This information applies only to the standard make
website from the normal build directory. The process is
different for dev/website-build.
The rule for make website is found in GNUmakefile.in:
website:
$(MAKE) config_make=$(config_make) \
top-src-dir=$(top-src-dir) \
-f $(top-src-dir)/make/website.make \
website
|
This translates as:
make config_make=./config.make \
top-src-dir=/home/phil/lilypond-git \
-f /home/phil/lilypond-git/make/website.make \
website
|
which has the effect of setting the variables config_make
and top-src-dir and then processing the file
git/make/website.make with the target of website.
website.make starts with the following:
ifeq ($(WEBSITE_ONLY_BUILD),1) |
which checks to see whether the variable WEBSITE_ONLY_BUILD
was set to one on the command line. This is only done for
standalone website builds, not in the normal case. The result of
the test determines the value of some variables that are set. A
number of other variables are set, in order to establish locations
of various files. An example is:
CREATE_VERSION=python $(script-dir)/create-version-itexi.py |
The rule for website is:
website: website-texinfo website-css website-pictures website-examples web-post
cp $(SERVER_FILES)/favicon.ico $(OUT)/website
cp $(SERVER_FILES)/robots.txt $(OUT)/website
cp $(top-htaccess) $(OUT)/.htaccess
cp $(dir-htaccess) $(OUT)/website/.htaccess
|
so we see that this starts by running the rules for 5 other
targets, then finishes by copying some files. We’ll cover that
later - first website-texinfo. That rule is:
website-texinfo: website-version website-xrefs website-bibs
for l in '' $(WEB_LANGS); do \
if test -n "$$l"; then \
langopt=--lang="$$l"; \
langsuf=.$$l; \
fi; \
$(TEXI2HTML) --prefix=index \
--split=section \
--I=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/"$$l" \
--I=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation \
--I=$(OUT) \
$$langopt \
--init-file=$(texi2html-init-file) \
-D web_version \
--output=$(OUT)/"$$l" \
$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/"$$l"/web.texi ; \
ls $(OUT)/$$l/*.html | xargs grep -L \
'UNTRANSLATED NODE: IGNORE ME' | \
sed 's!$(OUT)/'$$l'/!!g' | xargs \
$(MASS_LINK) --prepend-suffix="$$langsuf" \
hard $(OUT)/$$l/ $(OUT)/website/ ; \
done
|
which therefore depends on website-version,
website-xrefs and website-bibs.
website-version:
mkdir -p $(OUT)
$(CREATE_VERSION) $(top-src-dir) > $(OUT)/version.itexi
$(CREATE_WEBLINKS) $(top-src-dir) > $(OUT)/weblinks.itexi
|
which translates as:
mkdir -p out-website
python /home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py
/home/phil/lilypond-git > out-website/version.itexi
python /home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py
/home/phil/lilypond-git > out-website/weblinks.itexi
|
So, we make out-website then send the output of
create-version-itexi.py to out-website/version.itexi
and create-weblinks-itexi.py to
out-website/weblinks.itexi.
create-version-itexi.py parses the file VERSION in
the top source dir. It contains:
MAJOR_VERSION=2 MINOR_VERSION=15 PATCH_LEVEL=13 MY_PATCH_LEVEL= VERSION_STABLE=2.14.2 VERSION_DEVEL=2.15.12 |
currently. c-v-i.py parses this to:
@c ************************ Version numbers ************ @macro version 2.15.13 @end macro @macro versionStable 2.14.2 @end macro @macro versionDevel 2.15.12 @end macro |
create-weblinks-itexi.py creates a load of texi macros (of
the order of 1000) similar to:
@macro manualStableGlossaryPdf
@uref{../doc/v2.14/Documentation/music-glossary.pdf,Music glossary.pdf}
@end macro.
|
It loads its languages from langdefs.py, and therefore outputs the following unhelpful warning:
langdefs.py: warning: lilypond-doc gettext domain not found.
Next:
website-xrefs: website-version
for l in '' $(WEB_LANGS); do \
|
is the start of the rule, truncated for brevity. This loops through the languages to be used on the website, processing some variables which I don’t fully understand, to run this command:
python /home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/build/extract_texi_filenames.py \
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation \
-I /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/"$l" \
-I out-website -o out-website --split=node \
--known-missing-files= \
/home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/build/website-known-missing-files.txt \
-q \
/home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/"$l"/web.texi ;\
|
There’s a good description of what
extract_texi_filenames.py does at the top of the script,
but a shortened version is:
If this script is run on a file texifile.texi, it produces
a file texifile[.LANG].xref-map with tab-separated entries
of the form NODE\tFILENAME\tANCHOR.
An example from
web.nl.xref-map is:
Inleiding Introduction Introduction |
e-t-f.py follows the includes from document to document.
We know some have not been created yet, and
known-missing-files option tells e-t-f.py which
these are.
It then does this:
for m in $(MANUALS); do \ |
to run e-t-f.py against all of the manuals, in each
language. Next:
website-bibs: website-version
BSTINPUTS=$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/web \
$(WEB_BIBS) -s web \
-s $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/lily-bib \
-o $(OUT)/others-did.itexi \
$(quiet-flag) \
$(top-src-dir)/Documentation/web/others-did.bib
|
This is half the command. It runs bib2texi.py on 2
.bib files - others-did.bib and we-wrote.bib.
This converts bibliography files into texi files with
bibtex.
Next the commands in the website-texinfo rule are run:
for l in '' $(WEB_LANGS); do \ |
run texi2html. This is the program that outputs the
progress message (found in
Documentation/lilypond-texi2html.init):
Processing web site: []
It also outputs warning messages like:
WARNING: Unable to find node 'ŘeÅ¡enà potÞÃ' in book usage.
website-css:
cp $(top-src-dir)/Documentation/css/*.css $(OUT)/website
|
Copies 3 css files to out-website/website. Then:
website-pictures:
mkdir -p $(OUT)/website/pictures
if [ -d $(PICTURES) ]; \
then \
cp $(PICTURES)/* $(OUT)/website/pictures ; \
ln -sf website/pictures $(OUT)/pictures ;\
fi
|
which translates as:
if [ -d Documentation/pictures/out-www ]; \
then \
cp Documentation/pictures/out-www/* out-website/website/pictures ; \
ln -sf website/pictures out-website/pictures ;\
fi
|
i.e. it copies the contents of
build/Documentation/pictures/out-www/* to
out-website/website/pictures. Unfortunately, the pictures
are only created once make doc has been run, so an initial
run of make website copies nothing, and the pictures on the
website (e.g. the logo) do not exist. Next:
website-examples:
mkdir -p $(OUT)/website/ly-examples
if [ -d $(EXAMPLES) ]; \
then \
cp $(EXAMPLES)/* $(OUT)/website/ly-examples ; \
fi
|
translates to:
mkdir -p out-website/website/ly-examples
if [ -d Documentation/web/ly-examples/out-www ]; \
then \
cp Documentation/web/ly-examples/out-www/* out-website/website/ly-examples ; \
fi
|
This does the same with the LilyPond examples (found at
https://lilypond.org/examples.html). Again, these are
actually only created by make doc (and since they are
generated from LilyPond source files, require a working LilyPond
exe made with make). So this does nothing
initially. Then:
web-post:
$(WEB_POST) $(OUT)/website
|
which is:
python /home/phil/lilypond-git/scripts/build/website_post.py out-website/website |
which describes itself as:
This is web_post.py. This script deals with translations
in the "make website" target.
It also does a number of other things, including adding the Google tracker code and the language selection footer. We’re now at the end of our story. The final 4 lines of the recipe for website are:
cp $(SERVER_FILES)/favicon.ico $(OUT)/website cp $(SERVER_FILES)/robots.txt $(OUT)/website cp $(top-htaccess) $(OUT)/.htaccess cp $(dir-htaccess) $(OUT)/website/.htaccess |
The first translates as:
cp /home/phil/lilypond-git/Documentation/web/server/favicon.ico out-website/website |
so we see these are just copying the support files for the web server.
Recipes in ‘website.make’:
website:
this is the "master" rule. It calls the other rules in order,
then copies some extra files around - see below for further
of the process it produces.
website-version:
this calls the python scripts below:
scripts/build/create-version-itexi.py |
out-website/version.itexi
scripts/build/create-weblinks-itexi.py |
out-website/weblinks.itexi.
Stuff like @downloadStableLinuxNormal, @downloadStableWidows,
@stableDocsNotationPdf{}, @downloadDevelSourch-zh.
It’s quite monstrous because it deals with combinations of stable/devel, source/docs, lang/lang/lang*10, etc.
website-xrefs:
creates files used for complicated "out-of-build" references to
out-website/*.xref-map
If you just write @ref{}, then all’s groovy and we wouldn’t need this. But if you write @rlearning{}, then our custom texi2html init file needs to know about our custom xref file format, which tells our custom texi2html init file how to create the link.
GP: we should have a separate @node to discuss xrefs. Also, take a quick look at a generated xref file – it’s basically just a list of @node’s [sic teenager pluralization rule] from the file.
website-bib:
generates the bibliography texinfo files from the .bib files - in
the case of the website build these are ‘others-did.bib’ and
‘we-wrote.bib’.
website-texinfo:
this is the main part; it calles texi2html to generate the actual
html. It also has a ton of options to texi2html to pass info to
our custom init file.
The file actually built is called ‘web.texi’, and is either in the ‘Documentation’ directory, or a sub-directory specific to the language.
The options file is ‘/Documentation/lilypond-texi2html.init’. This contains *lots* of option and configuration stuff, and also includes the line:
print STDERR "Initializing settings for web site: [$Texi2HTML::THISDOC{current_lang}]\n";
|
This is where one of the console messages is generated.
We have somewhere between 2-4 different ways "to pass info to our custom init file". This is highly Not Good (tm), but that’s how things work at the moment.
After texi2html, it does some black magick to deal with untranslated nodes in the translations. Despite writing that part, I can’t remember how it works. But in theory, you could figure it out by copy&pasting each part of the command (by "part", I mean "stuff before each | pipe"), substituting the variables, then looking at the text that’s output. For example,
ls $(OUT)/$$l/*.html |
is going to print a list of all html files, in all languages, in the build directory. Then more stuff happens to each of those files (that’s what xargs does).
website-css:
just copies files to the build dir.
website-pictures, website-examples:
more file copies, with an if statement to handle if you don’t have
any generated pictures/examples.
web-post:
runs:
scripts/build/website_post.py |
which, it adds the "this page is translated in klingon" to the bottom of html pages, and adds the google analytics javascript. It also has hard-coded lilypond version numbers, which is Bad (tm).
Here’s a summary of what gets called, in what order, when we run
make website
website:
website-texinfo:
website-version:
creates version.itexi and weblinks.itexi
website-xrefs:
runs extract_texi_filenames.py
website-bibs:
creates bibliography files, described above
website-css:
copies css files
website-pictures:
copies pictures
website-examples:
copies examples
web-post:
runs website_post.py
Then some file copying
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
| 13.1 Overview of the Emmentaler font | ||
| 13.2 Font creation tools | ||
| 13.3 Adding a new font section | ||
| 13.4 Adding a new glyph | ||
| 13.5 Building the changed font | ||
| 13.6 METAFONT formatting rules |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Emmentaler was created specifically for use in LilyPond. The font consists of two sub-sets of glyphs. “Feta”, used for clasical notation and “Parmesan”, used for Ancient notation. The sources of which are all found in mf/*.mf.
The font is merged from a number of subfonts. Each subfont can contain at most 224 glyphs. This is because each subfont is limited to a one-byte address space (256 glyphs maximum) and we avoid the first 32 points in that address space, since they are non-printing control characters in ASCII.
In LilyPond, glyphs are accessed by a ‘glyph name’, rather than by code point. Therefore, the name of a glyph is significant.
Information about correctly creating glyphs is found in ‘mf/README’. Please make sure you read and understand this file.
TODO – we should get mf/README automatically generated from texinfo source and include it here.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The sources for Emmentaler are written in metafont. The definitive reference for metafont is "The METAFONT book" – the source of which is available at CTAN.
mf2pt1 is used to create type 1 fonts from the metafont sources.
FontForge is used to postprocess the output of mf2pt1 and clean up details of the font. It can also be used by a developer to display the resulting glyph shapes.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The font is divided into sections, each of which contains less than 224 glyphs. If more than 224 glyphs are included in a section, an error will be generated.
Each of the sections is contained in a separate .mf file. The
files are named according to the type of glyphs in that section.
When adding a new section, it will be necessary to add the following:
<section-name>.mf
See the examples in mf/ for more information.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Adding a new glyph is done by modifying the .mf file to which the glyph will be added.
Necessary functions to draw the glyph can be added anywhere in the file, but it is standard to put them immediately before the glyph definition.
The glyph definition begins with:
fet_beginchar ("glyph description", "glyphname");
|
with glyph description replaced with a short description of the
glyph, and glyphname replaced with the glyphname, which is chosen
to comply with the naming rules in ‘mf/README’.
The metafont code used to draw the glyph follows the fet_beginchar
entry. The glyph is finished with:
fet_endchar; |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
In order to rebuild the font after making the changes, the existing font files must be deleted. The simplest and quickest way to do this is to do:
rm mf/out/* make |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are special formatting rules for METAFONT files.
Please do not use tabs for the indentation of commands.
When a path contains more than two points, put each point on a separate line, with the operator at the beginning of the line. The operators are indented to the same depth as the initial point on the path using spaces. The indentation mechanism is illustrated below.
def draw_something (expr test) =
set_char_box (staff_space#, 1.6 linethickness# / 2,
0.5 staff_space#, 0.5 staff_space#);
if test:
fill z1
-- z2
-- z3
.. cycle;
fi;
enddef;
|
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This chapter discusses miscellaneous administrative issues which don’t fit anywhere else.
| 14.1 Meta-policy for this document | ||
| 14.2 Environment variables | ||
| 14.3 Meisters | ||
| 14.4 Administrative mailing list | ||
| 14.5 Grand Organization Project (GOP) | ||
| 14.6 Unsorted policies |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Contributor’s Guide as a whole is still a work in progress,
but some chapters are much more complete than others. Chapters
which are “almost finished” should not have major changes
without a discussion on -devel; in other chapters, a
disorganized “wiki-style dump” of information is encouraged.
Do not change (other than spelling mistakes) without discussion:
Please dump info in an appropriate @section within these manuals, but discuss any large-scale reorganization:
Totally disorganized; do whatever the mao you want:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Some maintenance scripts and instructions in this guide rely on the following environment variables. They should be predefined in LilyDev distribution (see LilyDev); if you set up your own development environment, you can set them by appending these settings to your ‘~/.bashrc’ (or whatever defines your default environment variables for the user account for LilyPond development), then logging out and in (adapt directories to your setup):
LILYPOND_GIT=~/lilypond-git export LILYPOND_GIT LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR=~/lilypond-git/build export LILYPOND_BUILD_DIR |
The standard build and install procedure (with autogen.sh,
configure, make, make install, make doc
…) does not rely on them.
In addition, for working on the website, LILYPOND_WEB_MEDIA_GIT
should be set to the repository lilypond-extra, see
lilypond-extra.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We have four primary jobs to help organize all our contributors:
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Bug Meister’s responsibilities are:
Current Bug Meister: Colin Hall bug-lilypond@gnu.org
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Doc Meister’s responsibilities are:
Current Doc Meister: None
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Patch Meister’s responsibilities are:
Note: The Patch Meister’s role is a purely administrative one and no programming skill or judgement is assumed or required.
Currently: James Lowe pkx@gnu.org
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
The Translation Meister’s responsibilities are:
Currently: Francisco Vila translations@lilynet.net
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A mailing list for administrative issues is maintained at
lilypond-hackers@gnu.org.
This list is intended to be used for discussions that should be kept private. Therefore, the archives are closed to the public.
Subscription to this list is limited to certain senior developers.
At the present time, the list is dormant.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
GOP has two goals:
| 14.5.1 Motivation | ||
| 14.5.2 Ongoing jobs | ||
| 14.5.3 Policy decisions | ||
| 14.5.4 Policy decisions (finished) |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Most readers are probably familiar with the LilyPond Grand Documentation Project, which ran from Aug 2007 to Aug 2008. This project involved over 20 people and resulted in an almost complete rewrite of the documentation. Most of those contributors were normal users who decided to volunteer their time and effort to improve lilypond for everybody. By any measure, it was a great success.
The Grand Organization Project aims to do the same thing with a larger scope – instead of focusing purely on documentation, the project aims to improve all parts of LilyPond and its community. Just as with GDP, the main goal is to encourage and train users to become more involved.
If you have never contributed to an open-source project before – especially if you use Windows or OSX and do not know how to program or compile programs – you may be wondering if there’s anything you can do. Rest assured that you can help.
One of the reasons I’m organizing GOP is "trickle-up" development. The idea is this: doing easy tasks frees up advanced developers to do harder tasks. Don’t ask "am I the best person for this job"; instead, ask "am I capable of doing this job, so that the current person can do stuff I can’t do?".
For example, consider lilypond’s poor handling of grace notes in conjunction with clef and tempo changes. Fixing this will require a fair amount of code rewriting, and would take an advanced developer a few weeks to do. It’s clearly beyond the scope of a normal user, so we might as well sit back and do nothing, right?
No; we can help, indirectly. Suppose that our normal user starts answering more emails on lilypond-user. This in turn means that documentation writers don’t need to answer those emails, so they can spend more time improving the docs. I’ve noticed that all doc writers tackle harder and harder subjects, and when they start writing docs on scheme programming and advanced tweaks, they start contributing bug fixes to lilypond. Having people performing these easy-to-moderate bug fixes frees up the advanced developers to work on the really hard stuff... like rewriting the grace note code.
Having 1 more normal user answering emails on lilypond-user won’t have a dramatic ‘trickle-up’ effect all by itself, of course. But if we had 8 users volunteering to answer emails, 6 users starting to write documentation, and 2 users editing LSR... well, that would free up a lot of current bug-fixing-capable contributors to focus on that, and we could start to make a real dent in the number of bugs in lilypond. Quite apart from the eased workload, having that many new helpers will provide a great moral boost!
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Although GOP is a short-term project, the main goal is to train more people to handle ongoing jobs. The more people doing these jobs, the lighter the work will be, and the more we can get done with lilypond!
Also, it would be nice if we had at least one "replacement" / "understudy" for each role – too many tasks are only being done by one person, so if that person goes on vacation or gets very busy with other matters, work in that area grinds to a halt.
Technical requirements: ability to run LilyDev.
Technical requirements: use of a web browser. LilyPond requirements: you should be familiar with most of Notation chapters 1 and 2 (or be willing to read the docs to find out).
Technical requirements: development environment (such as LilyDev), ability to read+write scheme and/or C++ code.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
There are a number of policy decisions – some of them fairly important – which we have been postponing for a few years. We are now discussing them slowly and thoroughly; agenda and exact proposals are online:
https://lilypond.org/~graham/gop/index.html |
Below is a list of policies which are not “on the agenda” yet.
Note that the presence of an item on this list does not mean that everybody thinks that something needs to be done. Inclusion in this simply means that one developer thinks that we should discuss it. We are not going to filter this list; if any developer thinks we should discuss something, just add it to the bottom of the list. (the list is unsorted)
As GOP progresses, items from this list will be put on the agenda and removed from this list. I generally try to have one month’s discussion planned in advance, but I may shuffle things around to respond to any immediate problems in the developer community.
There are some item(s) not displayed here; these are questions that were posed to me privately, and I do not feel justified in discussing them publicly without the consent of the person(s) that brought them up. They will initially be discussed privately on the lilypond-hackers mailing list – but the first question will be "do we absolutely need to do this privately", and if not, the discussion will take place on lilypond-devel like the other items.
In most policy discussions in lilypond over the past few years, the first half (or more) is wasted arguing on the basis of incorrect or incomplete data; once all the relevant facts are brought to light, the argument is generally resolved fairly quickly. In order to keep the GOP discussions focused, each topic will be introduced with a collection of relevant facts and/or proposals. It is, of course, impossible to predict exactly which facts will be relevant to the discussion – but spending an hour or two collecting information could still save hours of discussion.
Note: The estimated time required for "prep work", and the following discussion, has been added to each item. At the moment, there is an estimated 30 hours of prep work and 140 hours of discussion.
(prep: 2 hours. discuss: 10 hours)
(prep: 2 hours. discuss: 5 hours)
(prep: 1 hour. discuss: 5 hours)
(prep: 5 hours. discuss: 15 hours)
(prep: 2 hours. discuss: 10 hours)
Rationale: - aids maintainability of code base - "second reading" so newer developers can look up unfamiliar stuff - will help to keep things simple, even if the code is doing complex stuff discourages "secret squirrel" coding, e.g. "how much functionality can I squeeze into as few characters as possible" "comments are for wimps" - will aid not *discouraging* new developers to join the project
(prep: 2 hours. discuss: 10 hours)
(prep: 5 hours. discuss: 15 hours)
(prep: 1 hour. discuss: 5 hours)
Probably not worth making this a weekly thing on its own, but we can probably wrap it up with some other code-related questions.
(prep: 15 minutes. discuss: 3 hours)
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Here is a record the final decisions, along with links to the discussions.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We will follow the indentation described in PEP-8. http://www.python.org/dev/peps/pep-0008/
Once this is done, we should add python -tt to the build
system to avoid such errors in the future.
There should be absolutely no tab characters for indentation in
any .py file in lilypond git. All such files should be
converted to use spaces only.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Nothing much was decided. The list of responsibilities was slightly altered; see the new one in Mentors. We should encourage more use of the Frogs mailing list. There’s a list of contributor-mentor pairs in:
https://github.com/gperciva/lilypond-extra/blob/master/people/mentors.txt |
That’s pretty much it.
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2011-06/msg00311.html |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Speaking academically, C++ code style is a "solved problem". Let’s pick one of the existing solutions, and let a computer deal with this. Humans should not waste their time, energy, and creativity manually adding tabs or spaces to source code.
We have modified fixcc.py to use astyle, along with extra
regex tweaks.
fixcc.py will not be considered grounds for
rejecting a patch.
fixcc.py are pushed. From time to time, Graham will run
the formatter on the entire code base, and commit the resulting
changes.
In a few months, we will tighten up this policy item (with some sort of automatic processing), but that is outside the scope of this policy item and is a matter for later discussion.
LilyPond is a GNU project, so it makes sense to follow the GNU coding standards. These standards state:
We don’t think of these recommendations as requirements, because it causes no problems for users if two different programs have different formatting styles.
But whatever style you use, please use it consistently, since a mixture of styles within one program tends to look ugly. If you are contributing changes to an existing program, please follow the style of that program.
(http://www.gnu.org/prep/standards/html_node/Formatting.html)
With that in mind, we do not think that we must blindly follow the formatting given by the currrent version of Emacs.
We can avoid some of the style change pollution in git history by ignoring whitespaces changes:
git diff -w |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A brief history of releases:
| date (YYYY-MM-DD) | version | comment |
|---|---|---|
| 2008-10-28 | 2.11.63 | nobody checking regtests |
| 2008-11-17 | 2.11.64 | |
| 2008-11-29 | 2.11.65 | |
| 2008-12-23 | 2.12.0 | |
| 2009-01-01 | somewhere around here, Graham becomes officially release manager, but Han-Wen still builds the actual releases | |
| 2009-01-01 | 2.12.1 | |
| 2009-01-25 | 2.12.2 | |
| 2009-02-28 | 2.13.0 | |
| 2009-06-01 | 2.13.1 | note jump in time! |
| 2009-06-27 | 2.13.2 | first Graham release? |
| 2009-07-03 | 2.13.3 | |
| 2009-09-09 | Graham arrives in Glasgow, gets a powerful desktop computer, and begins serious work on GUB (sending bug reports to Jan). It takes approximately 100 hours until GUB is stable enough to make regular releases. | |
| 2009-09-24 | 2.13.4 | |
| 2009-10-02 | 2.13.5 | |
| 2009-10-22 | 2.13.6 | |
| 2009-11-05 | 2.13.7 | |
| ... | ||
| 2010-01-13 | 2.12.3 | |
| ... | ||
| 2010-03-19 | 2.13.16 | Bug squad starts doing a few regtest comparisons, but IIRC the effort dies out after a few weeks (BLUE) |
| ... | ||
| 2010-08-04 | 2.13.29 | Phil starts checking regtests (BLUE) |
| ... | ||
| 2011-01-12 | 2.13.46 | release candidate 1 (GREEN) |
| ... | ||
| 2011-05-30 | 2.13.63 | release candidate 7 (GREEN) |
| 2011-06-06 | 2.14.0 |
A ‘csv’ spreadsheet is available.
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2011-06/msg00852.html |
lilypond-issues-analysis.csv lilypond-issues-analysis-trim-duplicates.csv |
There 148 issues marked with Priority=Critical in the tracker.
I’ve done an analysis, and it looks to me like there was initially a backlog of critical issues that weren’t fixed, and little work was being done to eliminate critical issues.
Somewhere about 2010-08-01, critical issues started to disappear, but occasional new ones appeared.
There were a couple of major changes that introduced unanticipated regressions (new spacing code, beam collision avoidance). These produced more than the expected number of regressions.
It appears to me that we didn’t really get serious about eliminating critical bugs until about 2010-06-15 or so. After that point, the number of critical bugs more-or-less steadily decreased until we got to a release candidate.
Of particular interest, the first release candidate of 2.14 was released on 2011-01-12. Over the next 10 days, about a dozen bugs were reported and fixed. Release candidate 2 came out on 2011-02-09. No surge of bugs occurred with this release. Candidate 3 came out on 2011-03-13; we got 2 bugs per week. Candidate 4 came out on 2011-03-29; 2 new bugs. Candidate 6 came out on 2011-04-07. We got a couple of bugs per week.
Han-Wen: Overall, I think this cycle took too long Mike: I agree Graham: +1 |
https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2011-06/msg00797.html https://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/lilypond-devel/2011-07/msg00364.html |
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This proposal was too broad; after a month of discussion, Graham withdrew the proposal. Portions of it will be introduced in later proposals.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Potentially sensitive or private matters will be referred to Graham. He will then decide who should discuss the matter on an ad-hoc basis, and forward or CC them on future emails.
For emphasis, the project administrators are Han-Wen, Jan, and Graham; those three will always be CC’d on any important discussions.
The lilypond-hackers mailing list will be removed.
There is some unhappy history about this idea in our development community:
The idea of private mailing lists is hardly uncommon in open-source software. For example,
http://lwn.net/Articles/394660/ about debian-private http://subversion.apache.org/mailing-lists.html private@ http://www.freebsd.org/administration.html#t-core http://foundation.gnome.org/legal/ board members pledge to keep certain matters confidential every security team of every GNU/Linux distribution and OS |
In fact, Karl Fogel’s “Producing Open Source Software” explicitly suggests a private mailing list for some circumstances:
[on granting commit/push access to a contributor] But here is one of the rare instances where secrecy is appropriate. You can't have votes about potential committers posted to a public mailing list, because the candidate's feelings (and reputation) could be hurt. http://producingoss.com/en/consensus-democracy.html#electorate |
Many projects have an official board of directors, or a list of “core developers”, with set term limits and elections and stuff.
I don’t think that we’re that big. I think we’re still small enough, and there’s enough trust and consensus decisions, that we can avoid that. I would rather that we kept on going with trust+consensus for at least the next 2-3 years, and spent more time+energy on bug fixes and new features instead of administrative stuff.
Project administrators are Han-Wen, Jan, and Graham.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We shall treat developers (and contributors) as Independent volunteers: each person does whatever they want, whenever they want. We have busy careers and lives; we make no expectations of action from anybody (with the exception of the 6 people in “Meister” positions).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
We will delete the “priority” field of the issue tracker altogether. The “type” system will be tweaked.
Type-critical:
make or make
doc, from an empty build tree, in a first run, if
configure does not report any errors.
To limit this scope of this point, we will assume that the contributor is using the latest LilyDev and has read the relevant part(s) of the Contributor’s Guide. Problems in other chapters of the CG are not sufficient to qualify as Type-Critical.
Unless otherwise specified, the current types and labels will continue to be used. The new types introduced by this proposal are:
A new label will be added:
We can remind users that they can “star” an issue to indicate that they care about it. Since we resolved to treat developers as independent volunteers, there is no expectation that anybody will look at those stars, but if any developer want to organize their work schedule according to the stars, they are welcome to do so.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
If there are build problems, then it should be easier to find out why it’s failing. This will be achieved with log files, as well as possibly including scripts which automatically display portions of those log files for a failing build.
We will also add targets for building a specific manual (for quick+easy checking of doc work), as well as for building all documentation in a specific language (either English or a translated language).
When you run make doc,
make(1).
Note that make(1) refers to a specific executable file on
unix computers, and is not a general term for the build system.
The user may optionally request additional output to be printed;
this is controlled with the VERBOSE=x flag. In such cases,
all output will still be written to log files; the console output
is strictly additional to the log files.
A single make doc will therefore result in hundreds of log
files. Log files produced from individual lilypond runs are not
under our control; apart from that, I anticipate having one or two
dozen log files. As long as it is clear which log file is
associated with which operation(s), I think this is entirely
appropriate. The precise implementation will be discussed for
specific patches as they appear.
*.log. The order
of lines from these streams should be preserved.
make --silent, a non-failing
build should print absolutely nothing to the screen.
If this proposal is accepted, none of these policies will be assumed to apply to any other aspect of the build system. Policies for any other aspect of the build system will be discussed in separate proposals.
However, there is a danger in this approach, that vital error messages can also be lost, thus preventing the cause of the failure of a make being found. We therefore need to be exceptionally careful to move cautiously, include plenty of tests, and give time for people to experiment/find problems in each stage before proceeding to the next stage.
This will be done by starting from individual lilypond calls within lilypond-book, and slowly moving to “larger” targets of the build system – after the individual lilypond calls are are producing the appropriate amount of output and this is saved in the right place and we can automatically isolate parts of a failing build, we will work on lilypond-book in general, and only then will we look at the build system itself.
There is an existing make variable QUIET_BUILD, which alter the amount of output being displayed (https://lilypond.org/doc/v2.15/Documentation/contributor/useful-make-variables ). We are not planning on keeping this make variable.
The standard way for GNU packages to give more output is with a
V=x option. Presumably this is done by increasing
x? If we support this option, we should still write log
files; we would simply print more of the info in those log files
to screen.
The command tee may be useful to write to a file and
display to stdout (in the case of VERBOSE).
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
A translator can ask for an official lilypond-xy mailing list once they’ve finished all “priority 1” translation items.
At the start of each year, copyright notices for all source files should be refreshed by running the following command from the top of the source tree:
make grand-replace |
Internally, this invokes the script ‘scripts/build/grand-replace.py’, which performs a regular expression substitution for old-year -> new-year wherever it finds a valid copyright notice.
Note that snapshots of third party files such as ‘texinfo.tex’ should
not be included in the automatic update; ‘grand-replace.py’ ignores these
files if they are listed in the variable copied_files.
Git access is given out when a contributor has a significant record of patches being accepted without problems. If existing developers are tired of pushing patches for a contributor, we’ll discuss giving them push access. Unsolicited requests from contributors for access will almost always be turned down.
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This appendix contains a description of the LilyPond grammar, as output from the parser.
Grammar
1 start_symbol: lilypond
3 | "#{" embedded_lilypond
4 lilypond: %empty
5 | lilypond toplevel_expression
6 | lilypond assignment
7 | lilypond error
8 | lilypond "\version-error"
9 toplevel_expression: header_block
10 | book_block
11 | bookpart_block
12 | BOOK_IDENTIFIER
13 | score_block
14 | composite_music
15 | full_markup
16 | full_markup_list
17 | SCM_TOKEN
18 | embedded_scm_active
19 | output_def
20 lookup: LOOKUP_IDENTIFIER
21 | LOOKUP_IDENTIFIER '.' symbol_list_rev
22 embedded_scm_bare: SCM_TOKEN
23 | SCM_IDENTIFIER
24 embedded_scm_active: SCM_IDENTIFIER
25 | scm_function_call
26 | lookup
27 embedded_scm_bare_arg: SCM_ARG
28 | SCM_TOKEN
29 | FRACTION
30 | partial_markup
31 | full_markup_list
32 | context_modification
33 | header_block
34 | score_block
35 | context_def_spec_block
36 | book_block
37 | bookpart_block
38 | output_def
39 | lookup
40 embedded_scm: embedded_scm_bare
41 | scm_function_call
42 | lookup
43 embedded_scm_arg: embedded_scm_bare_arg
44 | scm_function_call
45 | music_assign
46 scm_function_call: SCM_FUNCTION function_arglist
47 embedded_lilypond_number: '-' embedded_lilypond_number
48 | bare_number_common
49 | UNSIGNED NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
50 embedded_lilypond: %empty
51 | identifier_init_nonumber
52 | embedded_lilypond_number
53 | post_event
54 | duration post_events
55 | music_embedded music_embedded music_list
56 | error
57 | "\version-error" embedded_lilypond
58 lilypond_header_body: %empty
59 | lilypond_header_body assignment
60 | lilypond_header_body SCM_TOKEN
61 | lilypond_header_body embedded_scm_active
62 lilypond_header: "\header" '{' lilypond_header_body '}'
64 header_block: lilypond_header
65 assignment_id: STRING
66 | SYMBOL
67 assignment: assignment_id '=' identifier_init
68 | assignment_id '.' property_path '=' identifier_init
69 | markup_mode_word '=' identifier_init
70 identifier_init: identifier_init_nonumber
71 | number_expression
72 | symbol_list_part_bare '.' property_path
73 | symbol_list_part_bare ',' property_path
74 | post_event_nofinger post_events
75 identifier_init_nonumber: header_block
76 | score_block
77 | book_block
78 | bookpart_block
79 | output_def
80 | context_def_spec_block
81 | music_assign
82 | pitch_or_music
83 | FRACTION
84 | string
85 | embedded_scm
86 | partial_markup
87 | full_markup_list
88 | context_modification
89 | partial_function "\etc"
90 partial_function_scriptable: MUSIC_FUNCTION function_arglist_partial
91 | EVENT_FUNCTION function_arglist_partial
92 | SCM_FUNCTION function_arglist_partial
93 | MUSIC_FUNCTION
"scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
partial_function
94 | EVENT_FUNCTION
"scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
partial_function
95 | SCM_FUNCTION
"scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
partial_function
96 | MUSIC_FUNCTION
"optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
partial_function
97 | EVENT_FUNCTION
"optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
partial_function
98 | SCM_FUNCTION
"optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
partial_function
99 partial_function: partial_function_scriptable
100 | "\override" grob_prop_path '='
101 | "\set" context_prop_spec '='
102 | "\override" grob_prop_path '=' partial_function
103 | "\set" context_prop_spec '=' partial_function
104 | script_dir markup_mode markup_partial_function
105 | script_dir partial_function_scriptable
106 | script_dir
107 context_def_spec_block: "\context" '{' context_def_spec_body '}'
108 context_mod_arg: embedded_scm
110 | composite_music
111 context_def_spec_body: %empty
112 | context_def_spec_body context_mod
113 | context_def_spec_body context_modification
114 | context_def_spec_body context_mod_arg
115 book_block: "\book" '{' book_body '}'
116 book_body: %empty
117 | BOOK_IDENTIFIER
118 | book_body paper_block
119 | book_body bookpart_block
120 | book_body score_block
121 | book_body composite_music
122 | book_body full_markup
123 | book_body full_markup_list
124 | book_body SCM_TOKEN
125 | book_body embedded_scm_active
127 | book_body lilypond_header
128 | book_body error
129 bookpart_block: "\bookpart" '{' bookpart_body '}'
130 bookpart_body: %empty
131 | BOOK_IDENTIFIER
132 | bookpart_body paper_block
133 | bookpart_body score_block
134 | bookpart_body composite_music
135 | bookpart_body full_markup
136 | bookpart_body full_markup_list
137 | bookpart_body SCM_TOKEN
138 | bookpart_body embedded_scm_active
140 | bookpart_body lilypond_header
141 | bookpart_body error
142 score_block: "\score" '{' score_body '}'
143 score_body: score_items
144 | score_body error
145 score_item: embedded_scm
146 | music
147 | output_def
148 score_items: %empty
149 | score_items score_item
151 | score_items lilypond_header
152 paper_block: output_def
153 output_def: output_def_body '}'
154 output_def_head: "\paper"
155 | "\midi"
156 | "\layout"
157 output_def_head_with_mode_switch: output_def_head
158 music_or_context_def: music_assign
159 | context_def_spec_block
160 output_def_body: output_def_head_with_mode_switch '{'
161 | output_def_body assignment
162 | output_def_body embedded_scm_active
163 | output_def_body SCM_TOKEN
165 | output_def_body music_or_context_def
166 | output_def_body error
167 tempo_event: "\tempo" steno_duration '=' tempo_range
168 | "\tempo" text steno_duration '=' tempo_range
169 | "\tempo" text
170 music_list: %empty
171 | music_list music_embedded
172 | music_list error
173 braced_music_list: '{' music_list '}'
174 music: music_assign
175 | lyric_element_music
176 | pitch_as_music
177 pitch_as_music: pitch_or_music
178 music_embedded: music
179 | post_event
180 | music_embedded_backup
181 | music_embedded_backup
"(backed-up?)"
lyric_element_music
182 | duration post_events
183 music_embedded_backup: embedded_scm
184 music_assign: simple_music
185 | composite_music
186 repeated_music: "\repeat" simple_string unsigned_number music
187 | "\repeat"
simple_string
unsigned_number
music
"\alternative"
braced_music_list
188 sequential_music: "\sequential" braced_music_list
189 | braced_music_list
190 simultaneous_music: "\simultaneous" braced_music_list
191 | "<<" music_list ">>"
192 simple_music: event_chord
193 | music_property_def
194 | context_change
196 context_modification: "\with" '{' context_mod_list '}'
197 | "\with" context_modification_arg
198 context_modification_arg: embedded_scm
199 | MUSIC_IDENTIFIER
200 optional_context_mods: context_modification_mods_list
201 context_modification_mods_list: %empty
202 | context_modification_mods_list
context_modification
203 context_mod_list: %empty
204 | context_mod_list context_mod
205 | context_mod_list context_mod_arg
206 context_prefix: "\context" symbol optional_id optional_context_mods
207 | "\new" symbol optional_id optional_context_mods
208 new_lyrics: "\addlyrics" optional_context_mods lyric_mode_music
209 | new_lyrics
"\addlyrics"
optional_context_mods
lyric_mode_music
210 basic_music: music_function_call
211 | repeated_music
212 | music_bare
213 | "\lyricsto" simple_string lyric_mode_music
214 | "\lyricsto" symbol '=' simple_string lyric_mode_music
215 contextable_music: basic_music
216 | pitch_as_music
217 | event_chord
218 contexted_basic_music: context_prefix contextable_music new_lyrics
219 | context_prefix contextable_music
220 | context_prefix contexted_basic_music
221 composite_music: basic_music
222 | contexted_basic_music
223 | basic_music new_lyrics
224 music_bare: mode_changed_music
225 | MUSIC_IDENTIFIER
226 | grouped_music_list
227 grouped_music_list: simultaneous_music
228 | sequential_music
229 symbol_list_arg: SYMBOL_LIST
230 | SYMBOL_LIST '.' symbol_list_rev
231 | SYMBOL_LIST ',' symbol_list_rev
232 symbol_list_rev: symbol_list_part
233 | symbol_list_rev '.' symbol_list_part
234 | symbol_list_rev ',' symbol_list_part
235 symbol_list_part: symbol_list_part_bare
236 | embedded_scm_bare
237 symbol_list_element: STRING
238 | UNSIGNED
239 symbol_list_part_bare: SYMBOL
240 | symbol_list_element
241 function_arglist_nonbackup: function_arglist_common
242 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
post_event_nofinger
243 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
'-'
UNSIGNED
244 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
'-'
REAL
245 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
'-'
NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
246 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
embedded_scm_arg
247 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
bare_number_common
248 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
pitch_or_music
249 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
duration
250 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
reparsed_rhythm
251 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
bare_number_common
252 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
SCM_ARG
253 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
lyric_element_music
254 | function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
symbol_list_arg
255 reparsed_rhythm: DURATION_ARG dots multipliers post_events
256 function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse: "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
SCM_IDENTIFIER
257 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
pitch
258 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
steno_tonic_pitch
259 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
STRING
260 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
SYMBOL
261 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
full_markup
262 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
UNSIGNED
263 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
DURATION_IDENTIFIER
264 function_arglist_backup: function_arglist_common
265 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
embedded_scm_arg
266 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
post_event_nofinger
267 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
pitch
268 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
steno_tonic_pitch
269 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
full_markup
270 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
UNSIGNED
271 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
REAL
272 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
273 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
'-'
UNSIGNED
274 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
'-'
REAL
275 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
'-'
NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
276 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
DURATION_IDENTIFIER
277 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
SCM_IDENTIFIER
278 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
STRING
279 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
SYMBOL
280 | function_arglist_backup
"(reparsed?)"
pitch_or_music
281 | function_arglist_backup
"(reparsed?)"
bare_number_common
282 | function_arglist_backup "(reparsed?)" duration
283 | function_arglist_backup
"(reparsed?)"
reparsed_rhythm
284 | function_arglist_backup
"(reparsed?)"
symbol_list_arg
285 function_arglist: function_arglist_nonbackup
286 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_skip_nonbackup
"\default"
287 function_arglist_skip_nonbackup: function_arglist_nonbackup
288 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_skip_nonbackup
289 function_arglist_partial: "scheme?" function_arglist_optional
290 | "scheme?" function_arglist_partial_optional
291 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_nonbackup
292 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_partial
293 function_arglist_partial_optional: "scheme?" function_arglist_optional
294 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_partial_optional
295 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_backup
296 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_partial_optional
297 function_arglist_common: EXPECT_NO_MORE_ARGS
298 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
embedded_scm_arg
299 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
bare_number_common
300 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
post_event_nofinger
301 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
'-'
NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
302 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
SCM_ARG
303 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
lyric_element_music
304 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
pitch_or_music
305 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
bare_number_common
306 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
duration
307 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
reparsed_rhythm
308 | function_arglist_common_reparse
"(reparsed?)"
symbol_list_arg
309 function_arglist_common_reparse: "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
SCM_IDENTIFIER
310 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
pitch
311 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
steno_tonic_pitch
312 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
STRING
313 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
SYMBOL
314 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
full_markup
315 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
UNSIGNED
316 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
DURATION_IDENTIFIER
317 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
'-'
UNSIGNED
318 | "scheme?"
function_arglist_optional
'-'
REAL
319 function_arglist_optional: function_arglist_backup
320 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_skip_backup
"\default"
321 | function_arglist_skip_backup "(backed-up?)"
322 function_arglist_skip_backup: function_arglist_backup
323 | "optional?"
"scheme?"
function_arglist_skip_backup
324 music_function_call: MUSIC_FUNCTION function_arglist
325 optional_id: %empty
326 | '=' simple_string
328 lyric_mode_music: grouped_music_list
329 | MUSIC_IDENTIFIER
330 mode_changed_music: mode_changing_head grouped_music_list
331 | mode_changing_head_with_context
optional_context_mods
grouped_music_list
332 mode_changing_head: "\notemode"
333 | "\drummode"
334 | "\figuremode"
335 | "\chordmode"
336 | "\lyricmode"
337 mode_changing_head_with_context: "\drums"
338 | "\figures"
339 | "\chords"
340 | "\lyrics"
341 context_change: "\change" symbol '=' simple_string
342 property_path: symbol_list_rev
343 property_operation: symbol '=' scalar
344 | "\unset" symbol
345 | "\override" revert_arg '=' scalar
346 | "\revert" revert_arg
347 revert_arg: revert_arg_backup "(backed-up?)" symbol_list_arg
348 revert_arg_backup: revert_arg_part
349 revert_arg_part: symbol_list_part
350 | revert_arg_backup
"(backed-up?)"
SCM_ARG
'.'
symbol_list_part
351 | revert_arg_backup
"(backed-up?)"
SCM_ARG
','
symbol_list_part
352 | revert_arg_backup
"(backed-up?)"
SCM_ARG
symbol_list_part
353 context_def_mod: "\consists"
354 | "\remove"
355 | "\accepts"
356 | "\defaultchild"
357 | "\denies"
358 | "\alias"
359 | "\type"
360 | "\description"
361 | "\name"
362 context_mod: property_operation
363 | context_def_mod STRING
364 | context_def_mod SYMBOL
365 | context_def_mod embedded_scm
366 grob_prop_spec: symbol_list_rev
367 grob_prop_path: grob_prop_spec
368 | grob_prop_spec property_path
369 context_prop_spec: symbol_list_rev
370 simple_revert_context: symbol_list_part
371 music_property_def: "\override" grob_prop_path '=' scalar
372 | "\revert" simple_revert_context revert_arg
373 | "\set" context_prop_spec '=' scalar
374 | "\unset" context_prop_spec
375 string: STRING
376 | SYMBOL
377 | full_markup
378 text: STRING
379 | SYMBOL
380 | full_markup
381 | embedded_scm_bare
382 simple_string: STRING
383 | SYMBOL
384 | embedded_scm_bare
385 symbol: STRING
386 | SYMBOL
387 | embedded_scm_bare
388 scalar: embedded_scm_arg
389 | pitch_or_music
390 | SCM_IDENTIFIER
391 | bare_number
392 | '-' bare_number
393 | string
394 | symbol_list_part_bare '.' property_path
395 | symbol_list_part_bare ',' property_path
396 event_chord: simple_element post_events
397 | CHORD_REPETITION optional_notemode_duration post_events
398 | MULTI_MEASURE_REST optional_notemode_duration post_events
399 | tempo_event
400 | note_chord_element
401 note_chord_element: chord_body optional_notemode_duration post_events
402 chord_body: "<" chord_body_elements ">"
403 | FIGURE_OPEN figure_list FIGURE_CLOSE
404 chord_body_elements: %empty
405 | chord_body_elements chord_body_element
406 chord_body_element: pitch_or_tonic_pitch
exclamations
questions
octave_check
post_events
407 | DRUM_PITCH post_events
408 | music_function_chord_body
409 | post_event
410 music_function_chord_body: music_function_call
411 | MUSIC_IDENTIFIER
412 | embedded_scm
413 event_function_event: EVENT_FUNCTION function_arglist
414 post_events: %empty
415 | post_events post_event
416 post_event_nofinger: direction_less_event
417 | script_dir music_function_call
418 | "--"
419 | "__"
420 | script_dir direction_reqd_event
421 | script_dir direction_less_event
422 | '^' fingering
423 | '_' fingering
424 post_event: post_event_nofinger
425 | '-' fingering
426 string_number_event: E_UNSIGNED
427 direction_less_event: string_number_event
428 | EVENT_IDENTIFIER
429 | tremolo_type
430 | event_function_event
431 direction_reqd_event: gen_text_def
432 | script_abbreviation
433 octave_check: %empty
434 | '=' quotes
435 quotes: %empty
436 | sub_quotes
437 | sup_quotes
438 erroneous_quotes: quotes
439 sup_quotes: '\''
440 | sup_quotes '\''
441 sub_quotes: ','
442 | sub_quotes ','
443 steno_pitch: NOTENAME_PITCH quotes
444 steno_tonic_pitch: TONICNAME_PITCH quotes
445 pitch: steno_pitch
446 | PITCH_IDENTIFIER quotes
447 pitch_or_tonic_pitch: pitch
448 | steno_tonic_pitch
449 gen_text_def: full_markup
450 | STRING
451 | SYMBOL
452 | embedded_scm
453 fingering: UNSIGNED
454 script_abbreviation: '^'
455 | '+'
456 | '-'
457 | '!'
458 | ">"
459 | '.'
460 | '_'
461 script_dir: '_'
462 | '^'
463 | '-'
464 maybe_notemode_duration: %empty
465 | duration
466 optional_notemode_duration: maybe_notemode_duration
467 steno_duration: UNSIGNED dots
468 | DURATION_IDENTIFIER dots
469 duration: steno_duration multipliers
470 dots: %empty
471 | dots '.'
472 multiplier_scm: NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
473 | embedded_scm_bare
474 multipliers: %empty
475 | multipliers '*' UNSIGNED
476 | multipliers '*' FRACTION
477 | multipliers '*' multiplier_scm
478 tremolo_type: ':'
479 | ':' UNSIGNED
480 bass_number: UNSIGNED
481 | STRING
482 | SYMBOL
483 | full_markup
484 | embedded_scm_bare
485 figured_bass_alteration: '-'
486 | '+'
487 | '!'
488 bass_figure: "_"
489 | bass_number
490 | bass_figure ']'
491 | bass_figure figured_bass_alteration
492 | bass_figure figured_bass_modification
493 figured_bass_modification: "\+"
494 | "\!"
495 | '/'
496 | "\\"
497 br_bass_figure: bass_figure
498 | '[' bass_figure
499 figure_list: %empty
500 | figure_list br_bass_figure
501 optional_rest: %empty
502 | "\rest"
503 pitch_or_music: pitch
exclamations
questions
octave_check
maybe_notemode_duration
erroneous_quotes
optional_rest
post_events
504 | new_chord post_events
505 simple_element: DRUM_PITCH optional_notemode_duration
506 | RESTNAME optional_notemode_duration
507 lyric_element: full_markup
508 | SYMBOL
509 | STRING
510 | LYRIC_ELEMENT
511 lyric_element_music: lyric_element
optional_notemode_duration
post_events
512 new_chord: steno_tonic_pitch maybe_notemode_duration
513 | steno_tonic_pitch
optional_notemode_duration
chord_separator
chord_items
514 chord_items: %empty
515 | chord_items chord_item
516 chord_separator: ":"
517 | "^"
518 | "/" steno_tonic_pitch
519 | "/+" steno_tonic_pitch
520 chord_item: chord_separator
521 | step_numbers
522 | CHORD_MODIFIER
523 step_numbers: step_number
524 | step_numbers '.' step_number
525 step_number: UNSIGNED
526 | UNSIGNED '+'
527 | UNSIGNED "-"
528 tempo_range: unsigned_number
529 | unsigned_number '-' unsigned_number
530 number_expression: number_expression '+' number_term
531 | number_expression '-' number_term
532 | number_term
533 number_term: number_factor
534 | number_factor '*' number_factor
535 | number_factor '/' number_factor
536 number_factor: '-' number_factor
537 | bare_number
538 bare_number_common: REAL
539 | NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
540 | REAL NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
541 bare_number: bare_number_common
542 | UNSIGNED
543 | UNSIGNED NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
544 unsigned_number: UNSIGNED
545 | NUMBER_IDENTIFIER
546 | embedded_scm
547 exclamations: %empty
548 | exclamations '!'
549 questions: %empty
550 | questions '?'
552 full_markup_list: "\markuplist" markup_list
553 markup_mode: "\markup"
554 markup_mode_word: markup_mode markup_word
555 full_markup: markup_mode markup_top
556 | markup_mode_word
557 partial_markup: markup_mode markup_partial_function "\etc"
558 markup_top: markup_list
559 | markup_head_1_list simple_markup
560 | simple_markup_noword
562 markup_scm: embedded_scm "(backed-up?)"
563 markup_list: markup_composed_list
564 | markup_uncomposed_list
565 markup_uncomposed_list: markup_braced_list
566 | markup_command_list
567 | markup_scm MARKUPLIST_IDENTIFIER
569 | "\score-lines" '{' score_body '}'
570 markup_composed_list: markup_head_1_list markup_uncomposed_list
571 markup_braced_list: '{' markup_braced_list_body '}'
572 markup_braced_list_body: %empty
573 | markup_braced_list_body markup
574 | markup_braced_list_body markup_list
575 markup_command_list: MARKUP_LIST_FUNCTION markup_command_list_arguments
577 markup_command_embedded_lilypond: '{' embedded_lilypond '}'
578 markup_command_basic_arguments: "markup-list?"
markup_command_list_arguments
markup_list
579 | "scheme?"
markup_command_list_arguments
embedded_scm
580 | "scheme?"
markup_command_list_arguments
markup_command_embedded_lilypond
581 | "scheme?"
markup_command_list_arguments
mode_changed_music
582 | "scheme?"
markup_command_list_arguments
MUSIC_IDENTIFIER
583 | "scheme?"
markup_command_list_arguments
STRING
584 | EXPECT_NO_MORE_ARGS
585 markup_command_list_arguments: markup_command_basic_arguments
586 | "markup?"
markup_command_list_arguments
markup
587 markup_partial_function: MARKUP_FUNCTION markup_arglist_partial
588 | markup_head_1_list
MARKUP_FUNCTION
markup_arglist_partial
589 markup_arglist_partial: "markup?" markup_arglist_partial
590 | "scheme?" markup_arglist_partial
591 | "markup?" markup_command_list_arguments
592 | "scheme?" markup_command_list_arguments
593 markup_head_1_item: MARKUP_FUNCTION
"markup?"
markup_command_list_arguments
594 markup_head_1_list: markup_head_1_item
595 | markup_head_1_list markup_head_1_item
596 markup_word: STRING
597 | SYMBOL
598 simple_markup: markup_word
599 | simple_markup_noword
601 simple_markup_noword: "\score" '{' score_body '}'
602 | MARKUP_FUNCTION markup_command_basic_arguments
603 | markup_scm MARKUP_IDENTIFIER
604 markup: markup_head_1_list simple_markup
605 | simple_markup
Terminals, with rules where they appear
"end of input" (0) 0
'!' (33) 457 487 548
'\'' (39) 439 440
'*' (42) 475 476 477 534
'+' (43) 455 486 526 530
',' (44) 73 231 234 351 395 441 442
'-' (45) 47 243 244 245 273 274 275 301 317 318 392 425 456 463 485 529 531 536
'.' (46) 21 68 72 230 233 350 394 459 471 524
'/' (47) 495 535
':' (58) 478 479
'=' (61) 67 68 69 100 101 102 103 167 168 214 326 341 343 345 371 373 434
'?' (63) 550
'[' (91) 498
']' (93) 490
'^' (94) 422 454 462
'_' (95) 423 460 461
'{' (123) 62 107 115 129 142 160 173 196 569 571 577 601
'}' (125) 62 107 115 129 142 153 173 196 569 571 577 601
error (256) 7 56 128 141 144 166 172
PREC_BOT (258)
"\repeat" (259) 186 187
"\alternative" (260) 187
COMPOSITE (261)
"\addlyrics" (262) 208 209
UNSIGNED (263) 49 238 243 262 270 273 315 317 453 467 475 479 480 525 526 527 542 543 544
REAL (264) 244 271 274 318 538 540
E_UNSIGNED (265) 426
EVENT_IDENTIFIER (266) 428
EVENT_FUNCTION (267) 91 94 97 413
"--" (268) 418
"__" (269) 419
DURATION_IDENTIFIER (270) 263 276 316 468
NUMBER_IDENTIFIER (271) 49 245 272 275 301 472 539 540 543 545
PREC_TOP (272)
"\accepts" (273) 355
"\alias" (274) 358
"\book" (275) 115
"\bookpart" (276) 129
"\change" (277) 341
"\chordmode" (278) 335
"\chords" (279) 339
"\consists" (280) 353
"\context" (281) 107 206
"\default" (282) 286 320
"\defaultchild" (283) 356
"\denies" (284) 357
"\description" (285) 360
"\drummode" (286) 333
"\drums" (287) 337
"\etc" (288) 89 557
"\figuremode" (289) 334
"\figures" (290) 338
"\header" (291) 62
"\version-error" (292) 8 57
"\layout" (293) 156
"\lyricmode" (294) 336
"\lyrics" (295) 340
"\lyricsto" (296) 213 214
"\markup" (297) 553
"\markuplist" (298) 552
"\midi" (299) 155
"\name" (300) 361
"\notemode" (301) 332
"\override" (302) 100 102 345 371
"\paper" (303) 154
"\remove" (304) 354
"\rest" (305) 502
"\revert" (306) 346 372
"\score" (307) 142 601
"\score-lines" (308) 569
"\sequential" (309) 188
"\set" (310) 101 103 373
"\simultaneous" (311) 190
"\tempo" (312) 167 168 169
"\type" (313) 359
"\unset" (314) 344 374
"\with" (315) 196 197
"\new" (316) 207
"/+" (317) 519
"^" (318) 517
":" (319) 516
"-" (320) 527
"/" (321) 518
"<" (322) 402
">" (323) 402 458
"<<" (324) 191
">>" (325) 191
"\\" (326) 496
"\!" (327) 494
"\+" (328) 493
FIGURE_CLOSE (329) 403
FIGURE_OPEN (330) 403
"_" (331) 488
MULTI_MEASURE_REST (332) 398
"markup?" (333) 586 589 591 593
"scheme?" (334) 93 94 95 96 97 98 242 243 244 245 246 247 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 286 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 298 299 300 301 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 320 323 579 580 581 582 583 590 592
"(backed-up?)" (335) 181 321 347 350 351 352 562
"(reparsed?)" (336) 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 280 281 282 283 284 302 303 304 305 306 307 308
"markup-list?" (337) 578
"optional?" (338) 96 97 98 242 243 244 245 246 247 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 286 288 291 292 295 296 320 323
EXPECT_NO_MORE_ARGS (339) 297 584
"#{" (340) 3
BOOK_IDENTIFIER (341) 12 117 131
CHORD_MODIFIER (342) 522
CHORD_REPETITION (343) 397
DRUM_PITCH (344) 407 505
DURATION_ARG (345) 255
FRACTION (346) 29 83 476
LOOKUP_IDENTIFIER (347) 20 21
LYRIC_ELEMENT (348) 510
MARKUP_FUNCTION (349) 587 588 593 602
MARKUP_LIST_FUNCTION (350) 575
MARKUP_IDENTIFIER (351) 603
MARKUPLIST_IDENTIFIER (352) 567
MUSIC_FUNCTION (353) 90 93 96 324
MUSIC_IDENTIFIER (354) 199 225 329 411 582
NOTENAME_PITCH (355) 443
PITCH_IDENTIFIER (356) 446
RESTNAME (357) 506
SCM_ARG (358) 27 252 302 350 351 352
SCM_FUNCTION (359) 46 92 95 98
SCM_IDENTIFIER (360) 23 24 256 277 309 390
SCM_TOKEN (361) 17 22 28 60 124 137 163
STRING (362) 65 237 259 278 312 363 375 378 382 385 450 481 509 583 596
SYMBOL_LIST (363) 229 230 231
TONICNAME_PITCH (364) 444
SYMBOL (365) 66 239 260 279 313 364 376 379 383 386 451 482 508 597
UNARY_MINUS (366)
Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
on left: 0
start_symbol (130)
on left: 1 3
on left: 107
on left: 108 110
on left: 109
on left: 111 112 113 114
on left: 115
on left: 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 127 128
on left: 126
on left: 129
on left: 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 140 141
on left: 139
on left: 142
on left: 143 144
on left: 145 146 147
on left: 148 149 151
on left: 150
on left: 152
on left: 153
on left: 154 155 156
on left: 157
on left: 158 159
on left: 160 161 162 163 165 166
on left: 164
on left: 167 168 169
on left: 170 171 172
on left: 173
on left: 174 175 176
on left: 177
on left: 178 179 180 181 182
on left: 183
on left: 184 185
on left: 186 187
on left: 188 189
on left: 190 191
on left: 192 193 194
on left: 195
on left: 196 197
on left: 198 199
on left: 2
on left: 20 21
on left: 200
on left: 201 202
on left: 203 204 205
on left: 206 207
on left: 208 209
on left: 210 211 212 213 214
on left: 215 216 217
on left: 218 219 220
on left: 22 23
on left: 221 222 223
on left: 224 225 226
on left: 227 228
on left: 229 230 231
on left: 232 233 234
on left: 235 236
on left: 237 238
on left: 239 240
on left: 24 25 26
on left: 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254
on left: 255
on left: 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263
on left: 264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
on left: 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
on left: 285 286
on left: 287 288
on left: 289 290 291 292
on left: 293 294 295 296
on left: 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308
on left: 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318
on left: 319 320 321
on left: 322 323
on left: 324
on left: 325 326
on left: 327
on left: 328 329
on left: 330 331
on left: 332 333 334 335 336
on left: 337 338 339 340
on left: 341
on left: 342
on left: 343 344 345 346
on left: 347
on left: 348
on left: 349 350 351 352
on left: 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361
on left: 362 363 364 365
on left: 366
on left: 367 368
on left: 369
on left: 370
on left: 371 372 373 374
on left: 375 376 377
on left: 378 379 380 381
on left: 382 383 384
on left: 385 386 387
on left: 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395
on left: 396 397 398 399 400
on left: 4 5 6 7 8
on left: 40 41 42
on left: 401
on left: 402 403
on left: 404 405
on left: 406 407 408 409
on left: 410 411 412
on left: 413
on left: 414 415
on left: 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423
on left: 424 425
on left: 426
on left: 427 428 429 430
on left: 43 44 45
on left: 431 432
on left: 433 434
on left: 435 436 437
on left: 438
on left: 439 440
on left: 441 442
on left: 443
on left: 444
on left: 445 446
on left: 447 448
on left: 449 450 451 452
on left: 453
on left: 454 455 456 457 458 459 460
on left: 46
on left: 461 462 463
on left: 464 465
on left: 466
on left: 467 468
on left: 469
on left: 47 48 49
on left: 470 471
on left: 472 473
on left: 474 475 476 477
on left: 478 479
on left: 480 481 482 483 484
on left: 485 486 487
on left: 488 489 490 491 492
on left: 493 494 495 496
on left: 497 498
on left: 499 500
on left: 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57
on left: 501 502
on left: 503 504
on left: 505 506
on left: 507 508 509 510
on left: 511
on left: 512 513
on left: 514 515
on left: 516 517 518 519
on left: 520 521 522
on left: 523 524
on left: 525 526 527
on left: 528 529
on left: 530 531 532
on left: 533 534 535
on left: 536 537
on left: 538 539 540
on left: 541 542 543
on left: 544 545 546
on left: 547 548
on left: 549 550
on left: 551
on left: 552
on left: 553
on left: 554
on left: 555 556
on left: 557
on left: 558 559 560
on left: 561
on left: 562
on left: 563 564
on left: 565 566 567 569
on left: 568
on left: 570
on left: 571
on left: 572 573 574
on left: 575
on left: 576
on left: 577
on left: 578 579 580 581 582 583 584
on left: 58 59 60 61
on left: 585 586
on left: 587 588
on left: 589 590 591 592
on left: 593
on left: 594 595
on left: 596 597
on left: 598 599
on left: 600
on left: 601 602 603
on left: 604 605
on left: 62
on left: 63
on left: 64
on left: 65 66
on left: 67 68 69
on left: 70 71 72 73 74
on left: 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89
on left: 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
on left: 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98
on left: 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106
on right: 0
$@1 (131)
on right: 1 5 6 7 8
toplevel_expression (133)
on right: 10 36 77
book_body (158)
on right: 100 102 371
context_prop_spec (235)
on right: 101 103 373 374
simple_revert_context (236)
on right: 104 105 106 417 420 421
maybe_notemode_duration (269)
on right: 104 554 555 557
markup_mode_word (306)
on right: 104 557
markup_arglist_partial (324)
on right: 107 112 113 114
book_block (157)
on right: 11 37 78 119
bookpart_body (161)
on right: 110
context_def_spec_body (156)
on right: 112 204
grob_prop_spec (233)
on right: 114 205
$@3 (155)
on right: 115 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 127 128
$@4 (159)
on right: 118 132
output_def (169)
on right: 127
bookpart_block (160)
on right: 129 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 140 141
$@5 (162)
on right: 13 34 76 120 133
score_body (164)
on right: 14 110 121 134 185
music_bare (199)
on right: 140
score_block (163)
on right: 142 144 569 601
score_item (165)
on right: 143 149 151
$@6 (167)
on right: 146 178 186 187
pitch_as_music (179)
on right: 149
score_items (166)
on right: 15
122
135
261
269
314
377
380
449
483
507
partial_markup
(308)
on right: 151
paper_block (168)
on right: 153 161 162 163 165 166
$@7 (174)
on right: 157
output_def_head_with_mode_switch (171)
on right: 16 31 87 123 136
$@10 (304)
on right: 160
music_or_context_def (172)
on right: 165
output_def_body (173)
on right: 165
tempo_event (175)
on right: 167 168
number_expression (295)
on right: 167 168 469
duration (272)
on right: 168 169
simple_string (240)
on right: 175 181 253 303
new_chord (288)
on right: 176 216
music_embedded (180)
on right: 18 61 125 138 162
embedded_scm_bare_arg (137)
on right: 180 181
music_assign (182)
on right: 184
context_modification (187)
on right: 186 187 213 214 326 341
symbol (241)
on right: 186 187 528 529
exclamations (301)
on right: 187 188 189 190
music (178)
on right: 19 38 79 147 152
output_def_head (170)
on right: 192 217
note_chord_element (244)
on right: 193
string (238)
on right: 194
property_path (226)
on right: 196
context_modification_arg (189)
on right: 196 204 205
context_prefix (193)
on right: 197
optional_context_mods (190)
on right: 200 202
context_mod_list (192)
on right: 206 207
lyric_mode_music (220)
on right: 206
207
208
209
331
context_modification_mods_list
(191)
on right: 206 207 214 341 343 344
scalar (242)
on right: 208 209 213 214
$@9 (221)
on right: 209 218 223
basic_music (195)
on right: 21 230 231 233 234 342 366 369
symbol_list_part (203)
on right: 210 410 417
optional_id (219)
on right: 211
sequential_music (184)
on right: 212
grouped_music_list (200)
on right: 215 221 223
contextable_music (196)
on right: 218 219
contexted_basic_music (197)
on right: 218 219 220
new_lyrics (194)
on right: 220 222
composite_music (198)
on right: 224 581
mode_changing_head (223)
on right: 226 328 330 331
symbol_list_arg (201)
on right: 227
simple_music (186)
on right: 228
simultaneous_music (185)
on right: 232
233
234
349
350
351
352
370
symbol_list_element
(204)
on right: 240
symbol_list_part_bare (205)
on right: 241 264
function_arglist_common_reparse (215)
on right: 246 265 298 388
scm_function_call (140)
on right: 248
249
250
251
252
253
254
function_arglist_backup
(209)
on right: 25 41 44
embedded_lilypond_number (141)
on right: 250 283 307
function_arglist_nonbackup_reparse (208)
on right: 254 284 308 347
symbol_list_rev (202)
on right: 255 467 468 471
multiplier_scm (274)
on right: 255 469 475 476 477
tremolo_type (276)
on right: 257 267 310 447 503
pitch_or_tonic_pitch (264)
on right: 258 268 311 448 512 513 518 519
pitch (263)
on right: 26 39 42
embedded_scm_bare (135)
on right: 265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
295
319
322
function_arglist
(210)
on right: 286 288
function_arglist_partial (212)
on right: 290 294 296
function_arglist_common (214)
on right: 3
lilypond (132)
on right: 3 57 577
lilypond_header_body (143)
on right: 30 86
markup_top (309)
on right: 302
303
304
305
306
307
308
function_arglist_optional
(216)
on right: 32 88 113 202
$@8 (188)
on right: 320 321 323
music_function_call (218)
on right: 328
mode_changed_music (222)
on right: 330
mode_changing_head_with_context (224)
on right: 331
context_change (225)
on right: 343 345 371 373
event_chord (243)
on right: 345 346 372
revert_arg_backup (229)
on right: 347 350 351 352
revert_arg_part (230)
on right: 348
context_def_mod (231)
on right: 35 80 159
context_mod_arg (154)
on right: 362
revert_arg (228)
on right: 363 364 365
context_mod (232)
on right: 367 368
grob_prop_path (234)
on right: 372
music_property_def (237)
on right: 391 392 537
unsigned_number (300)
on right: 396
lyric_element (286)
on right: 397 398 401 505 506 511 513
steno_duration (271)
on right: 399
music_list (176)
on right: 40 236 381 384 387 473 484
embedded_scm_active (136)
on right: 400
chord_body (245)
on right: 401
chord_body_elements (246)
on right: 402 405
chord_body_element (247)
on right: 403 500
optional_rest (283)
on right: 405
music_function_chord_body (248)
on right: 406
gen_text_def (265)
on right: 406 503
quotes (257)
on right: 406 503 548
questions (302)
on right: 406 503 550
full_markup_list (303)
on right: 408
event_function_event (249)
on right: 416 421
direction_reqd_event (255)
on right: 420
octave_check (256)
on right: 422 423 425
script_abbreviation (267)
on right: 427
direction_less_event (254)
on right: 429
bass_number (277)
on right: 43
embedded_scm (138)
on right: 430
post_events (250)
on right: 431
fingering (266)
on right: 432
script_dir (268)
on right: 434 438 443 444 446
erroneous_quotes (258)
on right: 436 442
steno_pitch (261)
on right: 437 440
sub_quotes (260)
on right: 445
steno_tonic_pitch (262)
on right: 45 81 158 174
repeated_music (183)
on right: 46 324 413
function_arglist_skip_nonbackup (211)
on right: 466 503 512
optional_notemode_duration (270)
on right: 47 52
embedded_lilypond (142)
on right: 477
multipliers (275)
on right: 48 247 251 281 299 305 541
bare_number (299)
on right: 489
figured_bass_alteration (278)
on right: 490 491 492 497 498
figured_bass_modification (280)
on right: 491
bass_figure (279)
on right: 492
br_bass_figure (281)
on right: 5
lookup (134)
on right: 500
figure_list (282)
on right: 503
pitch_or_music (284)
on right: 503
sup_quotes (259)
on right: 504
chord_items (289)
on right: 51 70
partial_function_scriptable (151)
on right: 511
lyric_element_music (287)
on right: 513 515
chord_separator (290)
on right: 513 520
chord_item (291)
on right: 515
step_numbers (292)
on right: 521 524
step_number (293)
on right: 523 524
tempo_range (294)
on right: 53 179 409 415
string_number_event (253)
on right: 530 531 532
number_factor (297)
on right: 533 534 535 536
bare_number_common (298)
on right: 54 182 249 282 306 465
dots (273)
on right: 54
74
182
255
396
397
398
401
406
407
415
503
504
511
post_event_nofinger
(251)
on right: 55 171
music_embedded_backup (181)
on right: 55 171 172 173 191
braced_music_list (177)
on right: 552
markup_mode (305)
on right: 552 558 574 578
markup_uncomposed_list (313)
on right: 554 598
simple_markup (328)
on right: 555
markup_scm (310)
on right: 559 570 588 595 604
markup_word (327)
on right: 559 604 605
simple_markup_noword (329)
on right: 560 599
$@14 (330)
on right: 562
markup_list (312)
on right: 563
markup_braced_list (316)
on right: 564 570
$@12 (314)
on right: 565
markup_braced_list_body (317)
on right: 566
markup_command_embedded_lilypond (319)
on right: 567 603
$@11 (311)
on right: 569
markup_composed_list (315)
on right: 571 573 574
markup_command_list (318)
on right: 575
578
579
580
581
582
583
586
591
592
593
markup_partial_function
(323)
on right: 577
markup_command_basic_arguments (321)
on right: 580
$@13 (320)
on right: 585 602
markup_command_list_arguments (322)
on right: 587 588 589 590
markup_head_1_item (325)
on right: 59 60 61 62
lilypond_header (144)
on right: 594 595
markup_head_1_list (326)
on right: 6 59 161
identifier_init (149)
on right: 601
markup (331)
on right: 64
assignment_id (147)
on right: 64 127 140 151
header_block (145)
on right: 67 68
assignment (148)
on right: 67 68 69
identifier_init_nonumber (150)
on right: 68 72 73 368 394 395
property_operation (227)
on right: 69 556
full_markup (307)
on right: 71 530 531
number_term (296)
on right: 72 73 235 394 395
function_arglist_nonbackup (206)
on right: 74 242 266 300 424
post_event (252)
on right: 82 177 248 280 304 389
simple_element (285)
on right: 84 393
text (239)
on right: 85
108
145
183
198
365
412
452
546
562
579
embedded_scm_arg
(139)
on right: 89
93
94
95
96
97
98
102
103
context_def_spec_block
(153)
on right: 9 33 75
$@2 (146)
on right: 90 91 92 292
function_arglist_partial_optional (213)
on right: 93
94
95
289
293
298
299
300
301
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
function_arglist_skip_backup
(217)
on right: 96
97
98
242
243
244
245
246
247
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
285
287
291
reparsed_rhythm
(207)
on right: 99 105
partial_function (152)
$accept (129)
| [ < ] | [ > ] | [ << ] | [ Up ] | [ >> ] | [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
Copyright © 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc. https://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
This License is a kind of “copyleft”, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software.
We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The “Document”, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as “you”. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law.
A “Modified Version” of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modifications and/or translated into another language.
A “Secondary Section” is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Document’s overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them.
The “Invariant Sections” are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. If a section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
The “Cover Texts” are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
A “Transparent” copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specification is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not “Transparent” is called “Opaque”.
Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
The “Title Page” means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, “Title Page” means the text near the most prominent appearance of the work’s title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
The “publisher” means any person or entity that distributes copies of the Document to the public.
A section “Entitled XYZ” means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, “Endorsements”, or “History”.) To “Preserve the Title” of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section “Entitled XYZ” according to this definition.
The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no effect on the meaning of this License.
You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies.
If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Document’s license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects.
If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages.
If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public.
It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version’s license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
You may add a section Entitled “Endorsements”, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various parties—for example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a standard.
You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but different contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled “History” in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled “History”; likewise combine any sections Entitled “Acknowledgements”, and any sections Entitled “Dedications”. You must delete all sections Entitled “Endorsements.”
You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an “aggregate” if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilation’s users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Document’s Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate.
Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
If a section in the Document is Entitled “Acknowledgements”, “Dedications”, or “History”, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title.
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/.
Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this License “or any later version” applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that proxy’s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
“Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site” (or “MMC Site”) means any World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A “Massive Multiauthor Collaboration” (or “MMC”) contained in the site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC site.
“CC-BY-SA” means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco, California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license published by that same organization.
“Incorporate” means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or in part, as part of another Document.
An MMC is “eligible for relicensing” if it is licensed under this License, and if all works that were first published under this License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''. |
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the “with…Texts.” line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with
the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts
being list.
|
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation.
If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
| [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
\version in documentation files| [Top] | [Contents] | [Index] | [ ? ] |
This document was generated by gub on July 13, 2020 using texi2html 1.82.
The buttons in the navigation panels have the following meaning:
| Button | Name | Go to | From 1.2.3 go to |
|---|---|---|---|
| [ < ] | Back | Previous section in reading order | 1.2.2 |
| [ > ] | Forward | Next section in reading order | 1.2.4 |
| [ << ] | FastBack | Beginning of this chapter or previous chapter | 1 |
| [ Up ] | Up | Up section | 1.2 |
| [ >> ] | FastForward | Next chapter | 2 |
| [Top] | Top | Cover (top) of document | |
| [Contents] | Contents | Table of contents | |
| [Index] | Index | Index | |
| [ ? ] | About | About (help) |
where the Example assumes that the current position is at Subsubsection One-Two-Three of a document of the following structure:
This document was generated by gub on July 13, 2020 using texi2html 1.82.